You are on page 1of 222

NTY311AX

Nortel Networks

OPTera Long Haul 1600


Optical Line System
Repeater Network Application Guide
Standard Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5 July 2000

Whats inside...
Introduction
Network features
OAM&P features
Engineering rules
Technical specifications
Ordering information
Engineering documentation
Technical support and information

*A0805698*

Copyright 2000 Nortel Networks, All Rights Reserved.


The information contained herein is the property of Nortel Networks and is strictly confidential. Except as expressly authorized in
writing by Nortel Networks, the holder shall keep all information contained herein confidential, shall disclose it only to its employees
with a need to know, and shall protect it, in whole or in part, from disclosure and dissemination to third parties with the same degree
of care it uses to protect its own confidential information, but with no less than reasonable care. Except as expressly authorized in
writing by Nortel Networks, the holder is granted no rights to use the information contained herein.
*Nortel Networks, the Nortel Networks logo, the Globemark, How the World Shares Ideas, S/DMS TransportNode, OPTera, Preside,
and Unified Networks are trademarks of Nortel Networks.
UNIX is a trademark of X/Open Company, Ltd.
VT100 is a trademark of Digital Equipment Corporation.

Printed in Canada and in the United Kingdom

iii

Publication history

July 2000
Issue 5 of this document reflects the new product names for what was formerly
OPTera LH.
April 2000
Issue 4 of this document includes additional corrections and updates in the
Ordering section and engineering rules.
March 2000
Issue 3 of this document includes corrections and updates in the Ordering
section and engineering rules.
December 1999
Issue 2 is the first Standard issue of this document.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

iv Publication history

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Contents

About this document


Introduction

xi
1-1

Document overview 1-1


Chapter overview 1-1
Building the optical Internet: an overview of OPTera Long Haul 1600 1-2
An overview of the optical network systems 1-4
Market evolution towards high-capacity transport networks 1-4
Key enabling technologies for optical network solutions 1-6
Nortel Networks ITU-T compliant wavelength grid 1-7
OPTera Long Haul 1600 service requirements for leading-edge applications 1-8
Local and Express Traffic Routing 1-9
Wavelength leasing 1-9
Premium quality IP service offerings 1-10
Key benefits offered by the OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform 1-13
Maximum fiber utilization and return on invested capital 1-13
Lowest cost per bit transport 1-13
Service flexibility 1-14
Scalability 1-14
Protection of prior investment 1-14
Multivendor product integration 1-14
Mid-Stage Access (MSA) 1-14
Manageability 1-14
Revenue growth 1-15
High-quality service 1-15
Survivability 1-15
Service differentiation 1-15
The OPTera Long Haul 1600 network application guide family 1-15
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater NE general feature set 1-16
Open interfaces 1-17
Transparency of services 1-17
Full SONET/SDH regeneration 1-17
Multiwavelength optical repeater (MOR) Plus support 1-17
Optical Add-Drop Multiplexing (OADM) 1-18
Capacity 1-18
Summary of features offered with OPTera Long Haul 1600 releases 1-18

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

vi Contents

Network features

2-1

Chapter overview 2-1


Network overview 2-1
Open optical interface 2-3
Service transparency 2-5
Terminology 2-5
Topology and general concepts 2-5
Wavelength Translator application 2-8
Dense regenerator application 2-13
Single circuit pack 10Gbit/s SONET/SDH regeneration 2-13
MOR Plus amplifier support 2-14
OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform 2-14
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater 2-16
Equipment density and capacity 2-17
Amplifier capacity 2-18
Globalization 2-18

OAM&P features

3-1

Chapter overview 3-1


Autoprovisioning 3-1
Orderwire 3-2
Performance monitoring 3-4
OPC support 3-5
OPC software features 3-5
Span of control engineering guidelines 3-6
INM support 3-6
INM software features 3-7
64K NE ID 3-7
32M SC 3-7
Routing fundamentals 3-8
Level 1 routing concepts 3-8
Level 2 routing concepts 3-11
CLUI, WUI, and OPC UI 3-17
External communications (DCC, OSC) 3-20
Product upgrade paths 3-21
Network management 3-22
B1 byte provisioning functionality 3-22
Alarms 3-24

Engineering rules
Chapter overview 4-1
Frame equipment 4-1
Power 4-4
Breaker/filter modules 4-4
Fiber management trays 4-8
Fiber guides 4-9
Circuit packs 4-11
2.5G WT and 10G WT open optical interfaces 4-15
OC-192/STM-64 XR single regenerator interface 4-15
Filler circuit packs (or filler cards) 4-15

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

4-1

Contents vii
Mandatory control shelf circuit packs 4-16
Breaker/filter module 4-16
Shelf Controller (SC) 4-16
Maintenance Interface (MI) 4-16
Message Exchange (MX) 4-16
Optional control shelf circuit packs 4-17
OPC controller (POPC-C) 4-17
OPC storage (POPC-S) 4-17
OPC interface (POPC-I) 4-17
Message exchange (protection) 4-17
Parallel Telemetry (PT) 4-17
Orderwire (OW) 4-17
OPC definition 4-18
Maximum number of NEs in a span of control 4-18
Communication between the POPC and other NEs through optical fiber 4-19
Communication between the partitioned OPC (POPC) and independent networks
over the Ethernet DCC bridge 4-20
Location of the partitioned OPC (POPC) in a network 4-21
One span of control: OPTera Long Haul 1600 system rules 4-21
Multiple spans of control: OPTera Long Haul 1600 system rules 4-21
Second extension shelf equipping rules 4-22
Circuit pack equipping rules 4-22
G-naming and pairing boundaries 4-22
Power Optimizer interworking 4-27
Deployment examples 4-28
Typical bay configurations 4-32
Examples of system configurations using OPTera Long Haul 1600 bays as
Repeaters 4-32
32-wavelength open interface using 4 OPTera Long Haul 1600 bays with 10G WT
as a wavelength translator 4-33
32-wavelength regenerator configuration using 4 OPTera Long Haul 1600 bays
with 10G XR as a regenerator 4-36
8-wavelength bidirectional configuration using 3 OPTera Long Haul 1600 bays over
a single fiber-optic link carrying unprotected traffic 4-39
8-wavelength bidirectional configuration using 3 OPTera Long Haul 1600 bays over
two fiber-optic links carrying protected traffic 4-46
Limitations 4-55
Network reconfiguration 4-55
INM 4-55
External communications 4-56
Wavelength overlay deployment 4-56
Globalization phase 1 4-56
OPC support 4-57
Orderwire (OW) 4-57
Interworking baseline 4-57

Technical specifications

5-1

Chapter overview 5-1


Safety specifications 5-2
Site engineering 5-2
Maximum cable length (Ethernet and STS-48) 5-6
Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

viii Contents
Mechanical specifications 5-6
Environmental specifications 5-8
Operational ambient temperature 5-8
Non-operational ambient temperature (shipping/storage) 5-8
Relative humidity 5-8
Altitude 5-9
Atmospheric dust 5-9
Mechanical shock and vibration 5-9
Power requirements 5-10
Power distribution 5-10
Power installation requirements 5-11
Grounding and isolation 5-11
Circuit pack power estimates 5-12
Electromagnetic compatibility 5-12
Emissions 5-12
Susceptibility/Immunity 5-13
Electrostatic discharge and electrical fast transient 5-14
Parallel telemetry output relay rated capacity 5-14
Optical interface specifications 5-15
Circuit pack specifications 5-15
MOR Plus amplifier circuit pack 5-16
MOR Plus/1625 nm OSC circuit pack 5-16
OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit pack (transponder/regenerator) 5-16
2.5G WT circuit pack for 2.5 Gbit/s open optical interfaces 5-16
10G WT circuit pack for 10 Gbit/s open optical interfaces 5-16
DWDM couplers 5-17
Dispersion Compensation Modules (DCM) 5-17

Ordering information
Hardware baseline 6-2
Bay assembly 6-2
Bay equipment 6-3
Engineering rules 6-4
Frame accessories 6-4
Engineering rules 6-5
Standard fiber management hardware 6-6
DWDM shelf assembly 6-8
Eight-wavelength DWDM couplers (200 GHz) 6-9
Eight-wavelength DWDM couplers (100 GHz) 6-9
16-wavelength DWDM coupler upgrades (200 GHz) 6-9
16-wavelength DWDM coupler upgrades for TrueWave ClassicTM fiber (200
GHz) 6-9
16-wavelength DWDM coupler upgrades (100 GHz) 6-9
24- and 32-wavelength DWDM coupler upgrades (100 GHz) 6-10
DSF per-band access (PBA) DWDM couplers (200 GHz) 6-10
Per-band access (PBA) DWDM couplers (200 GHz) 6-10
Dual splitter per-band access (PBA) DWDM couplers 6-10
Fixed 2-wavelength optical add-drop multiplexer (OADM) DWDM couplers 6-10
DCM assemblies 6-10
Spare WDM couplers 6-10
Miscellaneous items 6-11
OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

6-1

Contents ix
OPTera Long Haul 1600 transport interfaces 6-11
Multiwavelength optical repeater (MOR) Plus and Optical Service Channel (OSC)
circuit packs 6-20
Optical connector adapter kit 6-21
Common equipment circuit packs 6-22
Common equipment building blocks 6-24
Filler circuit packs 6-24
Optical cables 6-25
User interface cables 6-27
Ethernet cables 6-28
OPC cables 6-29
Parallel telemetry cables 6-30
Orderwire cables 6-30
Miscellaneous cables 6-31
Software loads 6-31
Software licenses 6-32
Software building blocks 6-32
OPTera Long Haul 1600 maintenance interface and software load 6-33
OPTera Long Haul 1600 operations controller and software load building block 6-34
OPTera Long Haul 1600 software load on tape 6-35
OPTera Long Haul 1600 storage module and software load 6-36
OPTera Long Haul 1600 flash cartridge with software load 6-37

Engineering documentation

7-1

Nortel Networks Technical Publication (NTP) packages 7-1


Network Manager documentation 7-2
Preside documentation 7-2
Change Application Procedures (CAPs) 7-2
Application guides and additional documentation 7-3

Technical support and information

8-1

For problems that affect service 8-1


For problems that do not affect service 8-1
United Kingdom and Europe 8-1

Index

9-1

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

x Contents

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

xi

About this document


This document contains network application planning information for the
Nortel Networks OPTera Long Haul 1600 Optical Line System (formerly
OPTera LH) Release 1.2 and 1.5 Repeater.

Audience
This document has been written for the following members of the operating
company with basic knowledge of fiber optics fundamentals:
strategic and current planners
provisioners

transmission standards engineers


network administrators
Note: See the OLA family of planning guides (100 GHz, 200 GHz, MOR
Plus, and OADM) included in the References section in this chapter for
details on the following subjects:

link budget considerations


optical layer applications (OLA)
a description of optical networks
a description of commercially available optical fiber types
an overview of fiber-optic fundamentals

References
This document includes the following references:
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2, 1.5 and 2 NTP Library
(NTCA65EA)
Combiner Network Application Guide (NTY312AX)
100 GHz, MOR Plus, 2 to 32- Optical Layer Applications Guide
(NTY312DX)
200 GHz, MOR/MOR Plus, 2 to 16- Optical Layer Applications Guide
(NTY311DX)

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

xii About this document

MOR Plus Optical Add/Drop Applications Guide (NTY313DX)


S/DMS TransportNode OC-192 Release 7 NTP Library (NTCA65AG)
S/DMS TransportNode OC-192 Release 7 Planning Guide (PG OC 99-17)
SDH Transmission TN-64X Documentation Suite, Release 2 (NTCE64AB)
Integrated Network Management (INM) Broadband, Release 5.0
(323-4001-XXX and 323-4031-XXX)
Preside Documentation (450-3101-XXX)

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

1-1

Introduction

1-

Document overview
This document contains the following chapters:
Chapter 1, Introduction
Chapter 2, Network features
Chapter 3, OAM&P features
Chapter 4, Engineering rules
Chapter 5, Technical specifications
Chapter 6, Ordering information
Chapter 7, Engineering documentation
Chapter 8, Technical support and information

Chapter overview
This chapter contains the following sections:
Building the optical Internet: an overview of OPTera Long Haul 1600 on
page 1-2
An overview of the optical network systems on page 1-4

OPTera Long Haul 1600 service requirements for leading-edge


applications on page 1-8
Key benefits offered by the OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform on page 1-13
The OPTera Long Haul 1600 network application guide family on page
1-15
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater NE general feature set on page 1-16
Summary of features offered with OPTera Long Haul 1600 releases on
page 1-18

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

1-2 Introduction

Building the optical Internet: an overview of OPTera Long Haul 1600


The Internet is introducing a social discontinuity as profound as that caused by
the printing press or electricity, changing the way people communicate,
educate, entertain and conduct business. To realize its full potential, however,
the Internet requires significant improvements in reliability, speed and
flexibility. For this reason Nortel Networks is creating the Optical Internet, a
vision of massive bandwidth that is totally reliable, completely flexible and
extremely affordable.
These attributes are key to the Optical Internet and based on real-life
experiences obtained by delivering over 75% of the optical connectivity for
todays Internet backbone traffic.
Nortel Networks is using this experience to create the end-to-end network
foundation built upon the massive bandwidth and optical economics of the
OPTera family of solutions. The OPTera family includes:
OPTera Metro, which delivers unprecedented capacity and service
transparency to the edge of the network to enable truly forecast-tolerant
networking
OPTera Long Haul 1600, which builds on Nortel Networks long-haul
DWDM leadership to provide open, managed terabit networks in the
backbone
OPTera Connect DX, which provides scalable connection management
solutions including network-aware provisioning and restoration
capabilities
OPTera Packet Solution, which provides intelligent interworking between
OPTera Connect DX and the OPTera Packet Core switch/router to deliver
dynamic bandwidth management and coordinated fault recovery through a
unified network solution
The following introduction describes how the OPTera Long Haul 1600
building blocks can be used in conjunction with end-to-end Integrated
Network Management (INM) to create the Optical Internet backbone.
Massive bandwidth
The OPTera Long Haul 1600 provides not only industry-leading system
capacity but also scalable architectures that align infrastructure deployment
with service revenue. For example, todays OPTera Long Haul 1600
deployment can provide an initial capacity from 2.5 Gbit/s to 320 Gbit/s and
then scaled beyond 1 Tbit/s for each fiber to align revenues, expenditures and
protect capital investment.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Introduction 1-3

Totally reliable
Building on the success of the S/DMS TransportNode OC-192/TN-64X,
which accounts for greater than 90% of the survivable 10-Gbit/s systems in the
world, Nortel Networks is also creating optical layer protection and restoration
methods for increasingly fast data connections. OPTera Long Haul 1600
Wavelength Translators (Release 1.2 and 1.5) deliver point-to-point
connectivity for services at 2.5 Gbit/s and 10 Gbit/s. The OPTera Long Haul
1600 Wavelength Combiner (Release 2) provides a multi-service aggregation
capability at 10 Gbit/s. OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2, 1.5, and 2 also
augment service evolution to optical switching. Optical protection switching
and restoration will be part of future releases of the OPTera Long Haul 1600
product portfolio.
Completely flexible
The modular design approach of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform ensures
maximum flexibility in the face of ever-changing service requirements. A
complete portfolio of on ramps is available with OPTera Long Haul 1600 to
provide the appropriate level of service granularity (up to 10 Gbit/s) and
protection (from best effort to mission-critical data). The modular and scalable
OPTera Long Haul 1600 optical amplifiers, deployable on the OPTera Long
Haul 1600 platform, will allow cost-effective deployment of a single channel
system to be grown to 160 wavelengths providing 1.6 Tbit/s of capacity on
each fiber. Finally, because geographic traffic patterns can change over time,
wavelengths can be accessed through optical ADMs that provide access at
intermediate offices throughout the network.
Extremely affordable
Nortel Networks long-haul leadership is built upon the simple tenet of
delivering the lowest cost for each managed bit. The OPTera Long Haul 1600
portfolio continues this tradition with innovations such as the Wavelength
Combiner that provides open channel access to the DWDM layer while
providing network-level efficiencies through aggregation of multiple bit
streams onto a single 10-Gbit/s wavelength.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

1-4 Introduction

An overview of the optical network systems


The following sections provide an overview of optical networks systems
including:
Market evolution towards high-capacity transport networks on page 1-4
Key enabling technologies for optical network solutions on page 1-6
Nortel Networks ITU-T compliant wavelength grid on page 1-7
OPTera Long Haul 1600 service requirements for leading-edge
applications on page 1-8
Note: For details on the Nortel Networks DWDM bidirectional
architecture solution, see S/DMS TransportNode 200 GHz, MOR/MOR
Plus, 2- to 16-wavelength Optical Layer Applications Guide, NTY311DX,
and 100 GHz, MOR/MOR Plus, 2- to 32-wavelength Optical Layer
Applications Guide, NTY312DX.
Market evolution towards high-capacity transport networks
Increasing traffic levels and market demand for new broadband services (for
example, Internet, digital video) require transmission capacities beyond what
can be achieved by past fiber transmission systems. To avoid the need for
costly new fiber plant, network planners are turning to optical solutions, such
as wavelength division multiplexing (WDM), to increase the traffic-carrying
capacity of their existing fiber plant. By multiplexing several wavelengths onto
a single fiber, you can increase the capacity of existing and new fiber plants in
an efficient and cost-effective way.
Optical amplifier technology has overcome fiber attenuation inherent to longdistance transport networks and replaced traditional electrical regenerators.
These technology advancements led to the construction of high-capacity
optical pipes and allow traffic of a maximum of 320-Gbit/s aggregate
capacity for each fiber using Nortel Networks multiwavelength optical
repeater (MOR) Plus supported by OPTera Long Haul 1600.
Note: Aggregate capacity is defined as the sum of the optical channel
capacity for both directions of a communications link. An 8-wavelength,
bidirectional system multiplexing 10 Gbit/s DWDM channels has 4
wavelengths () in the RED band and 4 wavelengths in the BLUE band, for
an aggregate capacity of 40 + 40 = 80 Gbit/s.
With other optical network components and features such as optical service
channels (OSC), analog monitoring of optical signals, add/drop and
dispersion compensation techniques, the traditional physical layer has evolved
into an optical layer that now forms the backbone of any modern transport
network. Since Nortel Networks has entered the optical amplifier market, the
company has been at the forefront of developing new optical products and
applications to support the emerging optical layer. Nortel Networkss approach
OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Introduction 1-5

is driven by a view of a transport network where the data and optical layers are
seamlessly integrated to create a single managed network for both integrated
and open platform architectures.
Nortel Networks optical applications portfolio provides solutions for
high-capacity networks using DWDM coupler and transmitter technology
coupled with multiwavelength optical amplifiers. Currently, a maximum of
32 wavelengths at 2.5 Gbit/s and 10 Gbit/s are available, with additional
wavelengths being planned. This offering makes transport capacities of a
maximum of 320 Gbit/s for each fiber (bidirectional) possible. Nortel
Networks has also led optical layer management features such as analog
maintenance, power optimizer, and a built-in reflection monitoring tool to
ensure the effective deployment and maintenance of the optical layer.
Integrated network management (INM) of the data and optical layers provide
additional efficiencies in the operation, maintenance, and troubleshooting of a
Nortel Networks high-capacity solution.
For operations, administration, maintenance, and provisioning (OAM&P)
features, additional out-of-band optical signals are reserved to provide one or
more optical service channels (OSC). The channels provide remote access to
optical amplifier sites. The OSC signals are coupled onto the fiber with
traffic-carrying channels but are detected and processed at the MOR/MOR
Plus line amplifier sites.
Nortel Networks provides both an integrated product solution for SONET,
SDH and optical layer applications and an open platform where signals from
a variety of sources and protocols can be multiplexed in the DWDM backbone
system. Components used in these systems can include the following:
S/DMS TransportNode OC-48 and OC-192 hardware
Wavelength Translators for open architecture
MOR Plus amplifiers
DWDM couplers
dispersion compensating modules (DCMs)
Nortel Networks supplies all of these components.
Deploying a DWDM system entirely with Nortel Networks components gives
the advantage of an end-to-end system performance guarantee for any optical
layer application. Although high-level specifications are provided for Nortel
Networks components such as DWDM couplers or DCMs, the use of these
guidelines is not recommended for purchasing equivalent equipment from
other vendors. Nortel Networks ensures compliance to strict specification
requirements at all levels of its manufacturing process (including
subcontractors). The result is a fully compliant component that ensures a
minimum baseline for end-of-life (EOL) performance.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

1-6 Introduction

Key enabling technologies for optical network solutions


A generic optical layer solution contains a number of key technology
components that set it apart from a traditional SONET/SDH network. For
optical layer applications with a spacing of 100 GHz between the optical
channels, Nortel Networks provides the following:
DWDM transmitters and wavelength translators with tightly controlled
wavelengths
Nortel Networks offers DWDM transmitters at both 2.5 Gbit/s and
10 Gbit/s line rates for a maximum of 32 wavelengths on the MOR Plus
amplifier. The Wavelength Translator (WT) supports service transparency
over a SONET/SDH line configuration within a DWDM optical grid. In
OPTera Long Haul 1600, both 2.5 Gbit/s and 10 Gbit/s line rates are
supported.
MOR Plus amplifiers

MOR Plus amplifiers, which are an evolution of the MOR amplifier, can
amplify a maximum of 32 optical channels. The MOR Plus amplifier is the
baseline amplifier for 100 GHz-32 applications, and provides a mid-stage
access (MSA) functionality where components such as dispersion
compensating modules (DCMs) or optical add/drop (OADM) couplers can
be inserted, improving deployment flexibility.
The losses associated with these couplers do not limit the optical reach of
the link. It is possible to have the following:
more than one sandwich site for each optical link with no impact
on link budgets
increased dynamic range at the preamplifier (Pre) site
a per-band access (PBA) architecture that improves the reach on
NZ-DSF and DSF fiber types.
DWDM couplers
DWDM couplers multiplex and demultiplex optical channels into and out
of a single fiber. These couplers consist of passive filters that are packaged
as stand-alone optical components, with one port for each DWDM channel
and a common port that connects to the fiber plant. Monitoring taps,
variable optical attenuators for received power adjustment, and expansion
ports for upgrades can also be included.
Optical add/drop couplers

Optical add/drop couplers selectively add and drop DWDM channels at a


site, while passing through other channels in the optical link. Such
configurations allow for improved connectivity and flexibility in offering
services such as wavelength leasing.
Dispersion compensation modules (DCM)

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Introduction 1-7

DCMs are used to counter chromatic dispersion in long-haul transmission


systems. DCMs contain dispersion compensating fiber that applies a
predefined level of dispersion to reconstruct (compress) the optical pulses.
Optical pulses must be reconstructed after they have broadened over a
given length of standard fiber, and, in some cases, dispersion-shifted fiber.
Nortel Networks ITU-T compliant wavelength grid
The International Telecommunications Union-Telecommunications (ITU-T)
standard (ITU-T Rec. B.15 Nomenclature of frequency and wavelength bands
used in Telecommunications standard) defines the spectrum for frequencies
and frequency bands for input signals to a DWDM system. Currently up to
16 wavelengths selected from the ITU-T wavelength grid are provided with the
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 Repeater system. Release 1.5 provides up
to 32 wavelengths also selected from the ITU-T wavelength grid. Figure 1-1,
Nortel Networks, ITU-T grid on page 1-8 shows the ITU-T 100-GHz
wavelength grid. The ITU-T standard dictates that the minimum spacing
between wavelengths within a band is 100 GHz.
The MOR Plus amplifier and DWDM systems use the erbium-doped fiber
amplifier (EDFA) spectrum that extends from 1526 nanometers (nm) to
1560.5 nm. Currently, a maximum of 32 wavelengths selected from the ITU-T
wavelength grid are provided.
To simplify network planning of a bidirectional DWDM architecture, Nortel
Networks wavelength plan is divided into a RED band (1547.50 to
1561.00 nm) and a BLUE band (1527.50 to 1542.50 nm). One RED and one
BLUE wavelength make up a bidirectional data channel.
To ensure optimal use of the MOR Plus gain spectrum, the OSC wavelength is
allocated outside the 2.5 Gbit/s and 10 Gbit/s channel wavelength plan grid.
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 supports the OSC wavelengths at
1510 nm and 1625 nm (if required for single fiber applications).

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

1-8 Introduction
Figure 1-1
Nortel Networks, ITU-T grid
F4714-MOR_R80.eps

Channel
MOR RED BAND
1547.5 - 1561.0 nm
OSC
1510
1560.61

1559.79

1558.98

1558.17

1557.36

1556.55

1555.75

1554.94

1554.13

1553.33

1552.52

1551.72

1550.92

1550.12

1549.32

1548.51

1547.72

OSC
1625

Wavelength (nm)

Channel
MOR BLUE BAND
1527.5 - 1542.5 nm
OSC
1510
1541.35

1540.56

1539.77

1538.98

1538.19

1537.40

1536.61

1535.82

1535.04

1534.25

1533.47

1532.68

1531.90

1531.12

1530.33

1529.55

1528.77

OSC
1625

Wavelength (nm)

OPTera Long Haul 1600 service requirements for leading-edge


applications
Nortel Networks OPTera Long Haul 1600 solutions offer cost-effective
integration of a wide variety of SONET, SDH, IP, and ATM services onto a
single multivendor/multi-technology fiber backbone capable of an aggregate
capacity of up to 1.6 Tbit/s. This section highlights important value-added
benefits provided by OPTera Long Haul 1600 solutions when addressing the
evolving needs of 21st century networks.
These leading-edge applications fall into three key areas:
Local and Express Traffic Routing
Wavelength leasing
Premium quality IP service offerings
See Figure 1-2, IP and ATM point-to-point/wavelength leasing service on
page 1-12.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Introduction 1-9

Local and Express Traffic Routing


High-capacity DWDM routes maximize the return on investments made in
fiber plant by allowing many wavelengths to share a single fiber. While this
advantage helps carriers realize greater revenue at lower cost of ownership,
wavelengths must be efficiently managed to prevent the introduction of new
types of cost and complexity. For example, a carefully designed DWDM route
should be able to efficiently distribute traffic among its intermediate locations
and transport traffic from end to end. If carriers attempt to multiplex/
demultiplex large numbers of wavelengths at intermediate sites, costs and
complexity can quickly get out of control.
OPTera Long Haul 1600 offers all the right optical networking building blocks
for cost-effective distribution of traffic along a DWDM route (see Figure 1-3
on page 1-13). Through traffic is efficiently aggregated for express transport
to the far end using Wavelength Combiners. Wavelengths carrying add/drop
local traffic can be placed on the DWDM backbone using wavelength
translators. Both building blocks feature open optical interfaces for
compatibility with many different SONET, SDH, IP, and ATM services.
Wavelengths for local traffic at intermediate sites are added/dropped using
passive OADM coupler modules that allow cost-effective transparent pass
through of the remaining wavelengths carrying express traffic. The OADM
couplers interconnect through the MOR Plus/OPTera Long Haul 1600
mid-stage access feature. OADM couplers do not materially affect either
optical link budgets or the number of fiber spans supported.
The OPTera Long Haul 1600 platforms OADM building block provides a high
degree of application flexibility in handling both symmetrical and
asymmetrical traffic patterns along a DWDM route.
Wavelength leasing
The tremendous growth of Internet-based services has created a huge demand
for high bandwidth interconnections in backbone networks. This demand is
driven in large part by new service providers who do not wish to build their
own facilities but still seek scalable solutions to accommodate their rapid
growth. As a result, there is a tremendous market opportunity for the
wholesaling of bandwidth and wavelengths. Nortel Networks OPTera Long
Haul 1600 offers an ideal wavelength leasing capability through its unique
ability to offer managed, scaled service rates and nearly error-free transmission
quality. These attributes create both service differentiation and larger
addressable markets.
The key is the unmatched flexibility of OPTera Long Haul 1600 that provides
open channel access through a choice of the following:
Wavelength Translator (Release 1.2 and Release 1.5)
Wavelength Combiner (Release 2), or
Optical Add-Drop Multiplexer (OADM) (all releases)
Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

1-10 Introduction

These choices and the OPTera Long Haul 1600 management toolset permits
end user control of leased facilities with no compromise in network
management by the service provider.
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Wavelength Translator and Combiner offers leased
wavelength services from 2.5 Gbit/s to 10 Gbit/s, with future capacities from
622 Mbit/s: the most comprehensive service range available. Moreover, these
wavelengths can be combined with wavelengths carrying protected services in
a mix-and-match manner over a single-line infrastructure, simplifying the
network design dramatically by eliminating any need for pre-planning based
on anticipated service mix. This forecast-tolerant design even extends to
geographic flexibility. The OADM enables individual wavelengths to be
routed based upon end user demands as they arise, not by any pre-planned
network topology.
Fundamental to wavelength leasing is the ability to offer transparent access
across the service provider domain, providing a seamless logical network to
the end user. The Nortel Networks solution offers much more than this baseline
functionality. Nortel Networks also provides a definable logical network view
to the end user through Integrated Network Management (INM). Using INM
and the full suite of optical management tools resident upon the OPTera Long
Haul 1600, the service provider can provide open channel access at
guaranteed, measurable, and reportable performance levels.
In addition to the innovative OPTera Long Haul 1600 optical toolset that
permits per-wavelength power and signal monitoring and control, Nortel
Networks provides the ability to selectively determine the treatment of
overhead bytes as they cross the system. A key benefit of this flexibility is
realized with wavelength leasing by allowing the service provider to pass
overhead bytes through the network untouched. The wavelength translator
feature maintains transparency, while still monitoring overhead byte status to
quickly identify troubles with the network.
Premium quality IP service offerings
As the service mix transported by fiber-optic networks becomes increasingly
data-centric, carriers must explore new solutions to optimize their networks for
IP-based services.
The OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform offers two important advantages toward
this end in that:
It allows IP data traffic to be placed directly on fiber backbones without
costly and unnecessary SONET/SDH multiplexing.
It provides major service quality features that can transform traditional
data transport applications to full carrier-grade service offerings.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Introduction 1-11

The increased native data traffic in turn creates demand for superior network
reliability and performance. The Nortel Networks OPTera portfolio offers a
suite of solutions to meet these customer requirements.
OPTera Long Haul 1600 is designed to accommodate all the functions of the
optical layer in an open architecture platform, providing end-to-end data
networking over the whole line at various tributary rates without
compromising the reliability and performance of mission-critical data and
voice transport services.
With the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Wavelength Translators, Nortel Networks
extends the capacity advantages and fiber savings of DWDM technology to
open environments consisting of a variety of network elements from multiple
equipment vendors. The Wavelength Translators support inputs from IP/ATM
or SONET/SDH equipment and convert them into ITU-compliant DWDM
wavelengths to enable transmission through the optical network.
Nortel Networks OPTera Long Haul 1600 is the future of high-capacity,
long-haul transport. With industry-leading capacity service flexibility, OPTera
Long Haul 1600 offers future-proof solutions for the global high-capacity
transport challenges of the 21st century.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

1-12 Introduction
Figure 1-2
IP and ATM point-to-point/wavelength leasing service
OTP0130.eps

ATM

ATM
OPTera
Long Haul
1600
Combiner

and

IP over
SONET/SDH

OPTera
Long Haul
1600
Repeater

OPTera
Long Haul
1600
Combiner

XR
4:1
Combiner

10G
Regenerator

4:1
Combiner

and

IP over
SONET/SDH

and

and

Gigabit
Ethernet

Gigabit
Ethernet
-Combiner provides multi-service capability
for 10 Gbps

and

and

-Translator delivers point-to-point connectivity


for 1 service for 2.5G/10Gb

SONET/SDH
terminals

-Combiner and -Translator augment service


evolution to optical rings

or

or

ATM

ATM

or

IP over
SONET/SDH

OPTera
Long Haul
1600
Repeater

OPTera
Long Haul
1600
Repeater

On Ramp

or

Gigabit
Ethernet

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

OPTera
Long Haul
1600
Repeater

Off Ramp

or

IP over
SONET/SDH
or

Gigabit
Ethernet

Introduction 1-13
Figure 1-3
Optical layer traffic routing using OPTera Long Haul 1600
OTP0222.eps

Express
Traffic

OPTera LH
Wavelength
Translators
or Combiners
DWDM
coupler

MOR Plus or
OPTera 1600G
line amplifier
configuration

OPTera LH
Wavelength
Translators
or Combiners Express
Traffic

Up to 1.6 Tb/s
aggregate
backbone
capacity

10 Gb/s

10 Gb/s

2.5/
10 Gb/s

2.5/
10 Gb/s

Local
Traffic

Local
Traffic

Mid-stage
Access
DWDM
coupler

OADM
Couplers

OPTera LH
Wavelength
Translators
or Combiners

OPTera LH
Wavelength
Translators
or Combiners
OPTera LH
Wavelength
Translators
or Combiners

Local
Traffic

Key benefits offered by the OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform


Nortel Networks OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform offers many competitive
advantages to carriers as shown in the following benefits list.
Maximum fiber utilization and return on invested capital
OPTera Long Haul 1600 can provide aggregate span capacities of up to 1.6
Tbit/s for the absolute maximum return on capital invested in fiber plant. In
many cases, carriers can avoid or defer the large capital outlays and long lead
times associated with new fiber deployment.
Lowest cost per bit transport
OPTera Long Haul 1600 offers an all optical, high-density transport platform
(up to 15 bidirectional 10-Gbit/s channels for each 7-foot bay using
single-circuit pack regenerators or planned single-circuit pack Wavelength
Translators), enabling the lowest possible costs for each transported bit

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

1-14 Introduction

without unnecessary SONET/SDH multiplexing. This arrangement allows


carriers to realize substantial savings in capital equipment costs, operational
costs, and footprint requirements.
Service flexibility
OPTera Long Haul 1600 is equally adept at handling circuit-based services
(such as voice), IP packet data, and cell-based ATM traffic. As a global
transport platform, OPTera Long Haul 1600 concurrently supports both
SONET and SDH traffic in the service mix. Carriers are always ready to meet
any service requirement, even when actual demand differs substantially from
earlier forecasts. Service expansion granularity can be as low as 622 Mbit/s
with future OPTera Long Haul 1600 releases.
Scalability
OPTera Long Haul 1600 backbones easily scale up to 1.6-Tbit/s bandwidth,
ample capacity to meet the needs of even the largest networks for years to
come. A modular architecture keeps todays costs in line with current capacity
requirements.
Protection of prior investment
OPTera Long Haul 1600 is designed to aggregate existing 2.5-Gbit/s and
10-Gbit/s backbones into a unified DWDM configuration so prior investment
in legacy systems is protected.
Multivendor product integration
Open optical interfaces allow easy integration with a varied portfolio of legacy
systems, including SONET, SDH, IP, and ATM network elements from Nortel
Networks and other vendors.
Mid-Stage Access (MSA)
MOR Plus and OPTera Long Haul 1600 optical line amplifier configurations
support mid-stage access that enables insertion of inline optical components
without impacting optical link budgets for advanced optical networking
applications such as distributed dispersion compensation, wavelength
add/drop, and optical cross connection.
Manageability
Nortel Networks proven Integrated Network Management (INM) solution
supports the OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform, S/DMS TransportNode, and
many other transport and access products. INM permits seamless network
management from end to end. OPTera Long Haul 1600 also offers many
built-in optical layer maintenance tools that enable non-intrusive (in-service)
optical power measurement, analysis, control, and optimization without the
need of expensive external test equipment.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Introduction 1-15

Revenue growth
With easy expendability and powerful optical layer tools for fast service
turn-up, OPTera Long Haul 1600 helps carriers maximize revenue growth
from new service offerings.
High-quality service
Built-in forward error correction (FEC) on SONET/SDH regenerators (soon to
be offered on Wavelength Translators) permits virtually error-free
transmission (guaranteed 10-15 BER) that can handle even the most demanding
service quality objectives. Service quality is further enhanced by numerous
proactive optical layer performance monitoring functions that reveal problems
before service is affected. Advanced optical layer maintenance tools also help
carriers deliver a very high level of service quality and robustness.
Survivability
In conjunction with its future optical protection ring architecture, OPTera
Long Haul 1600 offers full-time, always on availability on a per-channel basis.
Service differentiation
Carriers can exploit OPTera Long Haul 1600 service quality, survivability, and
optical layer management features to gain a competitive edge through
differentiated service offerings.

The OPTera Long Haul 1600 network application guide family


The family of application guides consists of a set of documents that describe
various aspects involved in the planning and engineering of the OPTera Long
Haul 1600 network applications.
Repeater Network Application Guide (NTY311AX)
This guide describes the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Releases 1.2 and 1.5 feature
set. It includes the following subjects:

OC-192/STM-64 single card regenerator (XR) circuit pack supporting full


10-Gbit/s SONET/SDH regeneration (Release 1.5)
2.5G WT circuit pack supporting 2.5 Gbit/s Wavelength Translator (WT)
(Release 1.2 and 1.5)
10G WT circuit pack supporting 10 Gbit/s Wavelength Translator (WT)
(Release 1.5)
MOR Plus enhancements (Release 1.2 and 1.5)
Support for 32 wavelengths (Release 1.5)
Orderwire (OW) over OSC (Release 1.2 and 1.5)
Level 2 routing (Release 1.5)
Command line user interface/web-based user interface (CLUI/WUI)
enhancements
Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

1-16 Introduction

Combiner Network Application Guide (NTY312AX)


This guide describes the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 2 feature set.
The guide includes the following subjects:
4:1 Wavelength Combiner with OC-48/STM-16 T/R tributary interface
OC-192/STM-64 T/R circuit pack
Timing Distribution circuit pack (TDC) and Synchronization
Command line user interface/web-based user interface (CLUI/WUI)
enhancements
1600G Amplifier Network Application Guide (NTY314AX)
This guide describes the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 3 feature set.
OPTera Long Haul 1600 is a new amplifier supported on the OPTera Long
Haul 1600 platform that allows service providers to scale their network up to
an impressive 1.6 Tbit/s for each fiber.
The guide includes the following subjects:
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Circuit packs description
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Modularity
Optical OAM&P
Optical Service Channel
Amplifier provisioning and monitoring tools

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater NE general feature set


Nortel Networks presents OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 and 1.5
Wavelength Translator application, a repeater-type network element (NE) that
is housed on a global optical transport platform.
The OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater is a feature-rich transport platform for
next-generation IP-optimized data communications. The OPTera Long Haul
1600 Repeater provides open optical interfaces with very high capacity,
scalability, bandwidth management, network management, reliability, and
flexibility.
OPTera Long Haul 1600 offers a number of features:
Open interfaces
Transparency of services
Full SONET/SDH regeneration
Multiwavelength optical repeater (MOR) Plus support
Optical Add-Drop Multiplexing (OADM)
Capacity
OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Introduction 1-17

Open interfaces
OPTera Long Haul 1600 wavelength translators offer open optical interfaces
enabling multiple services (IP, ATM, SONET/SDH) and multivendor traffic to
be carried transparently across the network. Wavelength Translators at
2.5 Gbit/s and 10 Gbit/s accept non-Nortel Networks wavelengths and
integrate them into a DWDM network. The Wavelength Translator also
provides enhanced operations, administration, maintenance, and provisioning
(OAM&P) of these wavelengths. These open optical interfaces are provided
using the following:
the 2.5G WT circuit pack for 2.5 Gbit/s applications
the 10G WT circuit pack for 10 Gbit/s applications
These two circuit packs fully support concatenated OC-48c and OC-192c
signals.
Transparency of services
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Wavelength Translators offer a transparent
regeneration of all incoming signals for optimum performance over a DWDM
backbone. This regeneration is a thin SONET/SDH operation that retimes,
reshapes, and regenerates signals without processing the entire SONET/SDH
overhead.
Full SONET/SDH regeneration
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater supports the OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit
pack providing a full SONET/SDH regeneration of all incoming signals at
10 Gbit/s. An OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater filled with OC-192/STM-64
XR circuit packs becomes an extra dense regenerator platform.
Multiwavelength optical repeater (MOR) Plus support
The Nortel Networks Multiwavelength Optical Repeater (MOR) Plus provides
extended reach DWDM solutions on 2.5/10-Gbit/s backbone routes that
transport up to 32 wavelengths (320-Gbit/s aggregate span capacity). Using
erbium-doped fiber amplifier (EDFA) technology, the MOR Plus boosts the
level of the optical signal in each direction without costly electrical/optical
conversions. Extensively proven in real-world applications, MOR Plus
optically amplified systems were the very first to achieve 32-wavelength
operation.
The MOR Plus can be configured as follows:
as a bidirectional optical Pre/Post amplifier (single plug-in) when
collocated with service-terminating or regenerator network elements
as a bidirectional optical line amplifier (two back-to-back plug-ins) at
intermediate sites along a backbone route

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

1-18 Introduction

Multiple optical amplifier building blocks can be cascaded on a route as


required to achieve the required reach. MOR Plus DWDM solutions are
engineered for robust operation over the wide variety of optical fiber types
currently deployed in todays networks.
Optical Add-Drop Multiplexing (OADM)
Nortel Networks OPTera Long Haul 1600 offers an OADM feature that
enables the adding or dropping of local traffic without terminating the express
optical channels. The local signal can then be fed to a Nortel Networks
DWDM or SONET/SDH system or to another vendors equipment through the
open optical interface modules. The OPTera Long Haul 1600 has been
designed to provide loss-free insertion of the OADM that allows the network
to grow seamlessly in response to traffic growth and traffic pattern changes.
This feature offers the following benefits:
unmatched flexibility in the design of forecast-tolerant networks
improved service velocity, and
no need for costly network reconfiguration
Capacity
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Releases 1.2 and 1.5 provide generation of up to
8 x 2.5 Gbit/s or 8 x 10 Gbit/s bidirectional channels on each fiber, on a single
Repeater bay. Overall system capacity can be upgraded using a future
extension shelf, future single card Wavelength Translators or with the
installation of additional OPTera Long Haul 1600 bays.

Summary of features offered with OPTera Long Haul 1600 releases


The OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater is a platform evolution of all 2.5-Gbit/s
and 10-Gbit/s networks. It introduces the next generation optical building
blocks and provides a dense footprint of existing synchronous optical network
(SONET) and synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) equipment. This new
Nortel Networks product addresses the market requirement for transparent
services.
For network engineering rules, see Engineering rules on page 4-1. For
ordering information, see Ordering information on page 6-1.
A summary of the features offered with the various OPTera Long Haul 1600
releases (1.2, 1.5, and 2) follows in Table 1-1 on page 1-19. The features
indicated are assumed to be backwards compatible unless otherwise indicated.
Note: If the subsequent release feature set is similar to the existing
software release feature set, then all previous releases are still supported
with the same baseline. No additional features have been added.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Introduction 1-19
Table 1-1
Summary of OPTera Long Haul 1600 features
OPTera Long Haul 1600
Release 1.2

Release 1.5

Release 2

Network Level Features


Network
configurations

OC-48/STM-16
Repeater network
element

OC-48/STM-16
Repeater network
element

OC192/STM-64
Combiner network
element

OC-192/STM-64
Repeater network
element
OC-192/STM-64 dense
regenerator
MOR Plus Pre/Post and MOR Plus Pre/Post and
line amplifier site for up
line amplifier site for up
to 32 wavelengths
to 16 wavelengths

MOR Plus Pre/Post and


line amplifier site for up
to 32 wavelengths

interworking with
interworking with
OC-192 Release 7.0 and OC-192 Release 7.0 and
TN-64X Release 2.0
TN-64X Release 2.0

Tributary
configurations

interworking with
OC-48/STM-16, IP, and
ATM subtending
equipment

interworking with
OC-48/STM-16,
OC-192/STM-64, IP, and
ATM subtending
equipment

Not applicable

Not applicable

OC-48/STM-16
short-reach tributaries
OC-48c tributaries

New hardware

OPTera Long Haul 1600 10G WT circuit pack


global platform frame
OC-192/STM-64 XR
circuit pack
2.5G WT circuit pack
partitioned OPC
(POPC), 128 M
maintenance interface
(MI), 32 M shelf
controller (SC)

OC-192/STM-64 T/R
circuit pack
timing distribution circuit
pack (TDC)

fiber management tray


(FMT)
continued

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

1-20 Introduction
Table 1-1
Summary of OPTera Long Haul 1600 features (continued)
OPTera Long Haul 1600
Release 1.2

Release 1.5

Release 2

Network Level Features


Synchronization

through timing

through timing

BITS timing
external timing
synchronization (ESI)
2 ESI circuit packs and 2
TDCs required to supply
timing
TDC supplies 39 GHz
timing to 10 Gbit/s circuit
packs
new timing reference
protection group
accepts reference timing
from up to 5 sources
timing deviation
detection
6 timing distribution
members available

Performance
monitoring

same PMs and logs as same PMs and logs as line and section PMs
existing OC-192/STM-64 introduced on new
existing
OC-192/STM-64 T/R
OC-192/STM-64 Rx and Rx and regenerator Tx
circuit pack
regenerator Tx
only section PMs are
used
only section PMs are
used
Rx power monitoring on
no Rx power monitoring
on the 2.5G WT

10G WT and
OC-192/STM-64 XR

continued

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Introduction 1-21
Table 1-1
Summary of OPTera Long Haul 1600 features (continued)
OPTera Long Haul 1600
Release 1.2

Release 1.5

Release 2

Network Level Features


Data
communication

SONET/SDH DCC bytes SONET/SDH DCC bytes line and section


are not processed on
are not processed on the SONET/SDH DCC
processed on
2.5G WT (DCC must be 2.5G WT and 10G WT
OC-192/STM-64 T/R
achieved over OSC)
(DCC must be achieved
over OSC)
transparent line DCC on
OC-48/STM-16
section DCC processed
tributaries (except
on OC-192/STM-64 XR
channel C of 4:1
wavelength combiner)
transparent line DCC on
all tributaries in a future
release
transparent section DCC
on all OC-48/STM-16
tributaries

Parallel telemetry

parallel telemetry (64


inputs and 16 outputs)

same as Release 1.2

same as Release 1.5

System security

Password aging, new


same as Release 1.2
default user, login/logout
logs and improper login

same as Release 1.5

Nodal interface

based on OC-192
Release 6.0/TN-64X
Release 2.0 CLUI and
OC-192 Release 6.0
web UI (WUI)

based on OC-192
Release 7.0/TN-64X
Release 2.0 CLUI and
OC-192 Release 7.0
WUI

based on OC-192
Release 7.0/TN-64X
Release 2.0 CLUI and
OC-192 Release 7.0
WUI

WUI not supported on


SDH

WUI not supported on


SDH

WUI not supported on


SDH

new NE type: Repeater

new NE type: Combiner

new optical facility menu


globalization support in
CLUI
Alarming

alarms for new hardware alarms for new hardware alarms for new hardware
(2.5G WT, 10G WT,
(OC-192/STM-64
(2.5G WT)
DWDM T/R, TDC)
OC-192/STM-64
XR)
all alarms for existing
hardware are supported
continued

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

1-22 Introduction
Table 1-1
Summary of OPTera Long Haul 1600 features (continued)
OPTera Long Haul 1600
Release 1.2

Release 1.5

Release 2

Network Level Features


Year 2000
compliance

compliant

same as Release 1.2

same as Release 1.5

NE tools

NE-type Repeater
created upon bay
commissioning

64K NE ID

NE-type Combiner
created upon bay
commissioning

provide SONET/SDH
selection with COMNE
command
delete extension shelf
command
edit shelf position
command
OPC tools

Dead System Recovery Level 2 routing support

same as Release 1.5

No OPC configuration
and connection
managers
no OPC protection
manager
TL1 interface for remote
OAM management only
applies to SONET
SLAT/upgrades

upgrade from Release


no reconfiguration of
existing OC-192/TN-64X 1.2 to 1.5 supported
bays

span of control (SOC)


upgrade from 1.5 to 2
supported

commissioning
performed through
commissioning MI only

Multi-Catalog Support

continued

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Introduction 1-23
Table 1-1
Summary of OPTera Long Haul 1600 features (continued)
OPTera Long Haul 1600
Release 1.2

Release 1.5

Release 2

Network Level Features


DWDM/Amplifier support
Amplifier support

MOR Plus only

same as Release 1.2

same as Release 1.5

WDM/DWDM
wavelengths

16 wavelengths DWDM
WT circuit packs
available

32 wavelengths DWDM 32 wavelengths DWDM


WT circuit packs and XR OC-192/STM-64 T/R
circuit packs available
circuit packs available

16-wavelength support
for all enhanced MOR
Plus feature

32-wavelength support
for all enhanced MOR
Plus feature

32-wavelength support
for all enhanced MOR
Plus feature

WDM/DWDM Tx
provisioning

output provisioning
output provisioning
output provisioning
(power and wavelength) (power, chirp, and
(power, chirp, and
for 2.5G WT circuit pack wavelength) and receiver wavelength) and receiver
power monitoring for
power monitoring for
no receiver power
10G
WT,
and
OC-192/STM-64 DWDM
monitoring on 2.5G WT
OC-192/STM-64 XR
T/R circuit pack
new provisioning
circuit packs
new provisioning
mismatch alarms
mismatch alarms
new provisioning
mismatch alarms

Optical Service
Channel (OSC)

unidirectional OSC at
1510 nm and 1625 nm

same as Release 1.2

same as Release 1.5

new OSC pairing rules


Orderwire over
OSC

orderwire PSTN not


supported with SDH
selection mode

same as Release 1.2

same as Release 1.5

Amplifier
provisioning

fiber type provisioning


changes

power optimizer
enhancements

power optimizer
enhancements

power optimizer
enhancements (local
locking, channel
autodiscovery,
autopropagation)

continued

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

1-24 Introduction
Table 1-1
Summary of OPTera Long Haul 1600 features (continued)
OPTera Long Haul 1600
Release 1.2

Release 1.5

Release 2

Network Level Features


Integrated Network Management (INM)
INM support

INM 5.0.2

INM 5.0.4

Preside Application Platform


Preside support

Preside 7.0

TL1 support
Miscellaneous
improvements

TL1 supported only


when NE is in SONET
selection

same as Release 1.2

same as Release 1.5

S/DMS TransportNode supported releases


S/DMS
TransportNode
OC-48

Releases 14.02, 14.11


and 15.01

same as Release 1.2

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Release 14.02, 14.11 and


15.01

2-1

Network features

2-

Chapter overview
This chapter contains the following sections:
Network overview on page 2-1
Open optical interface on page 2-3
Service transparency on page 2-5
Dense regenerator application on page 2-13
OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform on page 2-14
Globalization on page 2-18

Network overview
OPTera Long Haul 1600 offers new options to service providers looking for
long haul solutions that enable data services in the most cost-effective way
while maintaining the quality of service associated with more traditional
backbone topologies.
The open optical interfaces on OPTera Long Haul 1600 not only provide
service flexibility, but they can also play a key role in the delivery of
cost-effective services. By allowing the transport of IP, ATM, SONET/SDH,
and other signal types, service providers benefit from maximum bandwidth
efficiency on their network by maximizing the potential capacity of every
wavelength. In this way, OPTera Long Haul 1600 reduces operational
complexity and increases transport savings.
See Figure 2-1, OPTera Long Haul 1600 service interfaces on page 2-2.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

2-2 Network features


Figure 2-1
OPTera Long Haul 1600 service interfaces
OTP0117.eps

INM

- Translator

- Translator

- Combiner

- Combiner
Optical amplifiers
(MOR Plus and
1600G Amplifier)

OC-192/
TN-64X
OPTera
Connect

On-Ramp flexibility
Open - Translator
Open - Combiner
Integrated SONET/SDH Optics for
Nortel OC-48/TN-16 and OC-192/TN-64

OC-192/
TN-64X
OPTera
Connect

OPTera Long Haul 1600 supports the open optical transport of 2.5 Gbit/s and
10 Gbit/s services, and enables the concentration of sub-rate services (for
example, OC-48, with future offerings at OC-12 and Gigabit Ethernet) onto a
10 Gbit/s line rate for maximum bandwidth efficiency. OPTera Long Haul
1600 can be managed by the Nortel Networks Integrated Network
Management (INM) solution and supports management of the optical layer as
a natural extension of the existing management structures and operations. See
Network overview on page 2-3.
The OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform supports high-density applications (up
to 300 Gbit/s in a single bay) using single circuit pack regenerators and
Wavelength Translators. It will support OPTera Long Haul 1600 amplifiers
with an aggregate line capacity of up to 1.6 Tbit/s and offer optical layer
protection of its traffic.
OPTera Long Haul 1600 also offers many built-in optical layer maintenance
tools that enable non-intrusive (in-service) optical power measurement,
analysis, control, and optimization without the need of expensive external test
equipment. The Nortel Networks OPTera portfolio will change the way service
providers create their future data-centric network. Protection management is
governed by subtending multivendor SONET/SDH equipment.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Network features 2-3


Figure 2-2
Network overview
OTP0021.eps

Integrated Network
Management (INM)

IP

IP
Line
amplifier

ATM

SONET/
SDH

ATM

SONET/
SDH

Gigabit
Ethernet

10 Gb/s D-WDM backbone

Gigabit
Ethernet

OPTera
Metro

OPTera Long Haul 1600

OPTera
Metro

Open optical interface


OPTera Long Haul 1600 offers 2.5 Gbit/s and 10 Gbit/s open optical interfaces
that allow synchronous optical network (SONET) and synchronous digital
hierarchy (SDH) data traffic access to the optical transport layer. As an open
optical interface, the 2.5 Gbit/s and 10 Gbit/s wavelength translators (WT)
offer the ability to interface with any 2.5 Gbit/s and 10 Gbit/s non-Nortel
Networks signal. This ability enables a point-to-point, open transport solution
for IP, ATM, and SONET/SDH equipment. OPTera Long Haul 1600 open
optical interface allows for a wide range of IP, ATM, and wavelength services
such as:
OC-192, OC-192c, STM64, STM64c
OC-48, OC48c, STM16, STM16c
ATM and IP point-to-point connectivity
wavelength leasing applications

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

2-4 Network features

The OPTera Long Haul 1600 WTs share on-ramp and off-ramp capabilities
with overhead (OH) transparency to enable wavelength leasing applications to
subtending multivendors. The OPTera Long Haul 1600 WTs act as a gateway
between the optical transport layer of the network and the service interface of
the subtending equipment. In the OPTera Long Haul 1600 first Wavelength
Translator offering, a single circuit pack acts as an on ramp or an off ramp to
the transport network layer. Available in 2.5 Gbit/s or 10 Gbit/s, these WTs
address the following applications:
non-Nortel Networks SONET/SDH signal overlay onto the optical
transport layer
transparent conversion of non-Nortel Networks or non-DWDM signal onto
ITU-T grid
transparent hand-off of transported DWDM signal to subtending
equipment
physical layer management
See Figure 2-3, On-ramp and off-ramp capability for a single DWDM WT
circuit pack on page 2-4.
Figure 2-3
On-ramp and off-ramp capability for a single DWDM WT circuit pack
OTP0028.eps

Non-Nortel Networks
SONET/SDH

LR Rx

DWDM Tx

Service

Nortel Networks
SONET/SDH
On Ramp
Non-Nortel Networks
SONET/SDH

Transport
DWDM Tx

LR Rx

Service

Off Ramp
Single 2.5G WT or 10G WT

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Network features 2-5

Service transparency
With the new service applications (such as wavelength leasing and IP/ATM
transport over SONET/SDH) requiring transparency from unnecessary
SONET/SDH multiplexing or processing, it is important to define terminology
to characterize the level of transparency.
Terminology
Regenerated

Complete electrical regeneration of the payload and overhead data. The


overhead data is processed according to defined standards (for example, all
section overhead is processed at section terminating elements [STE]).
3R operation

The reshaping, reamplification, and retiming of the given transmission.


Inserted

Preset data is inserted into the output stream (for example, all 1 pattern is
inserted into the payload upon an alarm indication signal [AIS] condition).
Pass-through

Pass-through of data with monitoring (for example, section trace byte J0 is


pass-through since the system can mismatch on the Rx value).
Recalculated

Received data is terminated; output of data is either recalculated or


compensated based on the received data (for example, section parity B1 is
recalculated at STE).
Terminated

Received data is terminated and output is either not generated or the output
content has no relation to the received data (for example, LOH bytes are
terminated at LTE or J0 is terminated when section trace is disabled; that is,
J0 = 1 regardless of the Rx value).
Transparent

Pass-through of data untouched and without monitoring (for example, payload


is transparent).
Topology and general concepts
The traditional transport network can be analyzed in terms of section, line, and
path. Routers, ATM switches, and Gigabit Ethernet servers can connect
seamlessly through the OPTera Long Haul 1600 network using open optical
interfaces. Carrier-to-carrier connectivity or wavelength leasing applications
can require the transparency of intermediate section terminating elements
(STE). See Figure 2-4 on page 2-6.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

2-6 Network features


Figure 2-4
OPTera Long Haul 1600 network topology
OTP0120.eps

Subtending
network

Subtending
network

ATM

ATM

STE

LTE

STE

LTE

Routers

Routers

Section
Gigabit
Ethernet

Section

Line

Section
Gigabit
Ethernet

Path

As shown in Figure 2-4, different carriers can operate different sections of


long-haul networks or offer wavelength leasing applications through multiple
sections of the end-to-end network.
Fundamentally, the network medium is SONET/SDH based and, as such, the
network management function is provided by the processing of the first STS-1
overhead of the SONET multiplexed signal. To maintain the basic integrity of
the network, framing bytes A1 and A2 are always regenerated. For more
details on the transport overhead processing, see Table 2-1 and Figure 2-5 on
page 2-8.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Network features 2-7


Table 2-1
Transport overhead bytes function
Overhead bytes Function

Notes

A1, A2

Framing

Must be regenerated at each node


(LTE, STE)

B1

Section parity

Determines if a transmission error has


occurred over a section

B2

Line parity

Determines if a transmission error has


occurred over a line

C1 (J0)

Section trace

STS-1 identification: J0 is the first C1


(STS-1 #1)

K1/K2

Protection
switching

Used to signal automatic protection switching


(APS)

The operator purchases or leases bandwidth or wavelengths from various


carriers for various configurations. Carriers monitor performance:
through monitoring section parity byte B1 (provisionable and measuring
B1 error counts)
more efficiently, through the operators own line and section generation
B1 transparency can be required for wavelength leasing applications. Line
parity byte B2 passed through the transport network can indicate a signal
degrade (SD) condition and trigger protection switching on the subtending
equipment. The operator must consider whether B1 termination or
pass-through and B2 transparency is the optimal combination.
To effectively manage fiber connections between carriers, section trace is used
to detect possible misconnections. As such, the C1 byte of the first STS-1 of
the multiplexed SONET/SDH signal, also called J0, can be provisioned at the
transmitter site with a simple value or text string and is correctly matched at
the receiving end.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

2-8 Network features


Figure 2-5
OPTera Long Haul 1600 overhead
OTP0121.eps

TRANSPORT OVERHEAD
Framing
A1
Section
Overhead

Line
Overhead

PATH OVERHEAD

STS-1 ID
C1

Trace
J1
BIP-8
B3

Data Com
D2

User
F1
Data Com
D3

Signal Label
C2

Pointer
H1
BIP-8
B2

Pointer
H2

Pointer Action
H3

Path Status
G1

APS
K1

APS
K2

User Channel
F2

Data Com
D4

Data Com
D5

Data Com
D6

Data Com
D7

Data Com
D8

Data Com
D9

Indicator
H4
Growth/DQDB
Z3

Data Com
D10

Data Com
D11

Data Com
D12

Growth
Z4

Orderwire
E2

Growth
Z5

BIP-8
B1
Data Com
D1

Growth
Z1

Framing
A2
Orderwire
E1

Growth/FEBE
Z2

Wavelength Translator application


A Wavelength Translator (also known as transponder) is a Repeater that
translates one wavelength into another. This capability is useful for mapping
legacy wavelengths onto the ITU-T compliant DWDM wavelength grid.
Release 1.2 and 1.5 support 3R Wavelength Translators (WT) only. These
translators reshape, reamplify, and retime a signal without regenerating the
whole SONET/SDH overhead. Because of its minimal monitoring capability,
WTs are also called thin SONET/SDH regenerators.
The WT does not terminate section or line DCC (D1 through D3 and D4
through D12). A1 and A2 bytes are terminated by the WT to allow for correct
framing. The orderwire bytes (E1 and E2) are passed through. The WT does
process some section overhead bytes, B1 and C1 among others, to perform
system monitoring for the supported applications.
Note: To support full DCC-like OAM&P access to all network elements
of the optical line, the Optical Service Channel (OSC) must be used.
The section parity B1 byte is used to sectionalize faults on the optical network.
This byte provides a checksum of the entire STS-1 and is represented by the
performance monitoring counts of the network section. The 2.5G WT featured
in OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 offers B1 recalculation. In OPTera
Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5, both 2.5G WT and 10G WT support

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Network features 2-9

provisionable B1 recalculation or pass-through. Line parity bytes B2 are


passed through for the 2.5G and 10G WTs in OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release
1.2 and 1.5.
To trigger protection switching on the subtending equipment, the WTs indicate
a signal degrade (SD) condition on the optical line by inserting an AIS pattern
(all logical 1s) on the SONET/SDH APS bytes K1 and K2. This insertion
forces the subtending equipment to switch, even if the SD condition might
affect a section transparent to its monitoring.
C1 (J0 for the first C1) bytes, used to determine fiber misconnection, are also
monitored. The J0 byte cannot be rewritten by a WT, which means that a string
of characters cannot be inserted at one WT site and received at another site, the
off-ramp site. The insertion of the J0 byte is fixed when its provisioning is set
to the inserted setting. OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 offers C1
interleaving insertion. OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 offers
provisionable C1 interleaving insertion or pass-through. The C1 processing
option is determined through B1 processing. If B1 processing is provisioned
to recalculated then C1 will be in insertion mode. If B1 processing is set to
pass-through then C1 will also be set to pass-through.
Some older SONET/SDH systems (for example, legacy OC-48/STM-16
regenerator) use C1 interleaving for framing. If the source, like an IP router,
does not provide C1 interleaving, a Wavelength Translator can be used as a
converter to provide the C1 interleaving for any downstream OC-48/STM-16
regenerators.
Equipment using A1 and A2 for framing instead of C1 interleaving is not
affected when B1 provisioned as recalculate writes into the C1 bytes.
Section trace transmitter provisioning on the Wavelength Translator will be
offered in a future release.
Table 2-2 and Table 2-3 describe the service transparency of the Wavelength
Translators in OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 and 1.5.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

2-10 Network features


Table 2-2
2.5G and 10G Wavelength Translators service transparency
Transport overhead bytes

Service transparency

A1, A2

Regenerated

B1

Provisionable: recalculated or pass-through (see Table 2-3)

B2

Pass-through

C1 (J0)

Provisionable: inserted or pass-through (see Table 2-3)

K1, K2

Pass-through; insertion of AIS upon signal degrade

Table 2-3
Wavelength translator provisioning options
Wavelength
Translator
Application

OPTera
Long Haul
1600
Release

Recalculation

Pass-through

Insertion

Pass-through

2.5G

1.2

default

default

1.5

default

provisionable

default

provisionable

1.5

default

provisionable

default

provisionable

10G

B1 processing

C1 processing

Note: Provisioning of B1/C1 bytes processing is executed through an alias


command at the CLUI level. Full CLUI support will be provided in a future
release.
2.5G and 10G on-ramp WT

At the head-end terminal site, the on-ramp WT accepts a wide range of


non-Nortel Networks wavelengths, including 1310 nm, and converts them into
a narrow band Nortel Networks ITU-T compliant wavelength. This
wavelength can then be used in the Nortel Networks DWDM network.
Use the 2.5G or 10G on-ramp WT circuit packs for the following applications:
to translate a non-standard signal to a standard wavelength from Nortel
Networkss ITU-T compliant grid for DWDM purposes
to reduce the spectral bandwidth of a signal to a narrow DWDM spread
to use Nortel Networkss optical amplifiers since the signal has been
converted to a standard wavelength that allows provisioning capabilities
such as output power, chirp, and maintenance management of the
amplified wavelengths
to monitor the signal quality before the signal reaches the far-end WDM
coupler.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Network features 2-11


2.5G and 10G off-ramp WT

At the tail-end terminal site, the 2.5G and 10G off-ramp WTs convert a narrow
wavelength into another narrow wavelength to prepare the signal to reach the
far-end receive equipment.
Use the 2.5G and 10G off-ramp WT circuit packs for the following
applications:
to retranslate the wavelength before it reaches the far-end receive
equipment and align the signal to the format and bit rate of the far-end
receive equipment
to monitor the signal quality before it reaches the subtending equipment
2.5G and 10G thin SONET/SDH Regenerator (Regen) WT

At a regenerator site, the 2.5G and 10G WT circuit packs operate in thin
SONET/SDH regen mode. The WT circuit packs combine both an on-ramp
and an off-ramp function to execute a 3R regeneration of the optical signal.
The WT circuit packs at the regenerator site receive a signal wavelength from
a DWDM amplified link and send the same wavelength back into the following
DWDM amplified link. See Figure 2-6 on page 2-12 for a deployment
configuration of the Wavelength Translator.
In summary, the WT circuit packs provide transparent regeneration for
2.5 Gbit/s or 10 Gbit/s channels onto an optical transport layer, enabling a total
open-interface network solution.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

2-12 Network features


Figure 2-6
Wavelength Translator deployment configuration
OTP0027.eps

SITE A

SITE B

Off-Ramp
G4

On-Ramp
G4
Rx

Thin-Regen
G6
Rx
Optical
Line

DWDM
Tx
DWDM
wavelength
Off-Ramp
G5
Rx

DWDM
wavelength

DWDM
Tx

DWDM
Tx

Non-Nortel
wavelength

SITE C

Rx
Optical
Line

DWDM
Tx

DWDM
Tx

Thin-Regen
G7
Rx

On-Ramp
G5
Rx

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Non-Nortel
wavelength

Network features 2-13

Dense regenerator application


Single circuit pack 10Gbit/s SONET/SDH regeneration
OPTera Long Haul 1600 single circuit pack regenerators (See Figure 2-7 on
page 2-13) extend system reach by reconstituting the optical signal in each
direction at an intermediate point between two service terminating locations.
If required, multiple cascaded regenerators can be deployed along with optical
amplifiers to extend system reach by hundreds of kilometers. Unlike
traditional SONET/SDH regenerators, OPTera Long Haul 1600 10-Gbit/s
regenerators incorporate a complete bidirectional regenerator channel on a
single plug-in, allowing an OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay to support up to 30
unidirectional 10-Gbit/s channels (or 300-Gbit/s total capacity for each bay).
This yields substantial savings in capital equipment costs, operational costs,
and footprint requirements relative to traditional solutions.
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 introduces a single circuit pack 10-Gbit/s
regenerator, the OC-192/STM-64 XR. The single circuit pack 2.5-Gbit/s
regenerator will be introduced in a future release.
Figure 2-7
Single circuit pack SONET/SDH regenerator
OTP0240.eps

10 Gb/s

DWDM backbone
Up to 1.6 Tb/s

10 Gb/s
10 Gb/s
Regenerator
DWDM
coupler

Optical
amplifier

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

2-14 Network features

MOR Plus amplifier support


Introduced on the S/DMS TransportNode 10 Gbit/s platform, the MOR Plus
amplifier is supported on the OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform and can be
deployed in Post, Pre, Mid-Stage Access (MSA) OADM or line applications.
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 supports enhanced power optimizer
features for a maximum of 16 wavelengths. OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release
1.5 supports a maximum of 32 wavelengths.
For more details on the MOR Plus amplifier or optical layer tools, see
200 GHz, 2- to 16-wavelength Optical Layer Applications Guide, NTY311DX
or 100 GHz MOR Plus, 2- to 32-wavelength Optical Layer Applications Guide
(NTY312DX).

OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform


To cost-effectively build the ultra high-capacity transport infrastructure of the
21st century, carriers must integrate a diverse mix of services and network
elements into unified DWDM backbones that do not involve the high costs and
delays of new fiber deployment. To achieve service transport at the lowest
possible cost per bit, unnecessary SONET/SDH multiplexing must be
eliminated while providing the flexibility to handle virtually any mix of
services: voice, video, Internet protocol (IP) data, and cell-based asynchronous
transfer mode (ATM) traffic.
The new Nortel Networks OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform (see Figure 2-8
on page 2-15) offers the cost-effective high-capacity transport solutions
carriers need to meet the challenges of 21st century networks. OPTera Long
Haul 1600 can provide as many as 30 bidirectional 2.5-Gbit/s or 10-Gbit/s
channels for each 7-foot bay for efficient integration onto a DWDM backbone
with a scalable capacity up to 1.6 Tbit/s.
Note: OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 only supports the first
extension shelf.
Therefore, OPTera Long Haul 1600 delivers substantial savings in capital
equipment costs, operational costs, and footprint requirements. Open optical
interfaces easily handle an assorted portfolio of legacy systems and services,
and also allow easy adaptation to future service requirements, both forecasted
and unexpected.
As shown in Figure 2-8 on page 2-15, the OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay
supports one of the following:
up to three shelves (30 slots) for optical networking circuit packs
two shelves plus up to eight passive optical components such as DWDM
couplers, optical add/drop multiplex (OADM) couplers, and dispersion
compensation modules (DCMs)
OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Network features 2-15


Figure 2-8
OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay
OTP0251.eps

Control shelf
(Common equipment,
operations interfaces)

Local craft
access panel
Two fiber
management trays

Main optical
transport shelf
(10 slots)

Environmental
control unit

Optical
extension optical
transport shelf 1
(10 slots)

Optional passive
devices (for example,
DWDM and optical
add/drop couplers,
dispersion compensation modules)

Second
environmental
control unit
Optional
extension optical
transport shelf 2
(10 slots)

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

2-16 Network features

A control shelf is installed at the top of the bay, which provides common
equipment and management/operations support. This shelf is common with
the Nortel Networks S/DMS TransportNode OC-192/TN-64X platform,
thereby offering circuit pack inventory savings and many operational
efficiencies with the S/DMS TransportNode 10-Gbit/s network elements.
OPTera Long Haul 1600 shelves can be equipped with a variety of different
optical networking building blocks as needed to support the specific service
requirements of the application. Supported optical networking functions
include the following:
Wavelength Translators that condition 2.5-Gbit/s or 10-Gbit/s services for
DWDM long-haul transport in a multivendor/multi-technology
environment
single circuit pack, 10-Gbit/s regenerators that reconstitute optical signals
at intermediate points between service terminating locations
Note: 2.5 Gbit/s regenerators will be offered in a later release.

MOR Plus optical Pre/Post or line amplifier that supports DWDM


applications employing up to 32 wavelengths (320-Gbit/s bandwidth) over
a single bidirectional optical fiber
Wavelength Combiners that aggregate multiple lower rate, or Gigabit
Ethernet (planned) multivendor/multi-technology services into a single
bidirectional 10-Gbit/s signal
OPTera Long Haul 1600 optical Pre/Post or line amplifier that supports
DWDM applications employing up to 160 wavelengths (1.6-Tbit/s
bandwidth) over a single bidirectional optical fiber or up to 80 wavelengths
(800-Gbit/s bandwidth) in a unidirectional, two-fiber configuration
OADM building block that permits multiple wavelengths to be
added/dropped at an intermediate line amplifier site (employs passive
coupler and MOR Plus/OPTera Long Haul 1600 line amplifier
configuration with mid-stage access)
optical protection modules for self-healing, always on per-channel
protection against cable cuts and node failures (planned)

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater


The first release of OPTera Long Haul 1600 introduces the Repeater network
element, which supports the 2.5G and 10G Wavelength Translators, the
10 Gbit/s OC-192/STM-64 regenerator (XR), and the MOR Plus amplifier, as
well as the respective control hardware. For more details on the Repeater
feature set, refer to the summary tables in Chapter 1, Introduction.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Network features 2-17

Equipment density and capacity


No one can question the insatiable demand for capacity in backbone networks.
With the success of the industry-leading S/DMS TransportNode 2.5-Gbit/s and
10-Gbit/s platforms, Nortel Networks has a proven track record in delivering
the future of global high-capacity, long-haul transport. Now, OPTera Long
Haul 1600 builds on that tradition of leadership and innovation by providing
an optical transport platform that enables high-capacity regeneration (thin
SONET/SDH or full SONET/SDH) with denser footprint requirements than
ever before.
To provide this capacity, the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater bay is
configured as follows:
The first four slots in the main shelf house the MOR Plus amplifiers.
The 16 remaining slots (six in the main shelf and 10 in the optional
extension shelf) can house either 8 pairs of 2.5G WT circuit packs or
8 pairs of 10G WT or XR circuit packs.
For more details about circuit packs in the main shelf and optional extension
shelf, see Engineering rules on page 4-1.
The total capacity of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater depends on the
software release.
Release 1.2

Release 1.2 introduces the 2.5G WT as follows:


a total of eight 2.5G WT pairs on each Repeater bay (main shelf and first
extension shelf) for a maximum of 16 WT circuit packs on each bay
The total capacity for each bay is as follows:
eight times 2.5 Gbit/s in each direction (16 wavelengths or 8 bidirectional
channels on each bay) gives 40 Gbit/s total capacity
Release 1.5

The 2.5G WT offering remains unchanged from Release 1.2.


Release 1.5 introduces 10G WT and OC-192/STM-64 XR as follows:
There is a total of eight 10-Gbit/s WT or XR channel pairs for each
Repeater bay (main shelf and first extension shelf) for a maximum of 16
WT circuit packs or OC192/STM64 XR circuit packs.
The total capacity if the Repeater bay is equipped with 10 Gbit/s circuit
packs is 80 Gbit/s in each direction (total 160 Gbit/s).

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

2-18 Network features

Amplifier capacity
The OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater supports the MOR Plus amplifier
hardware but with different software support in Release 1.2 or Release 1.5.
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 supports a maximum of 16 wavelengths
(160 Gbit/s total line capacity) while Release 1.5 supports 32 wavelengths
(320 Gbit/s total line capacity).

Globalization
The OPTera Long Haul 1600 global platform provides a unique package for
both SONET and SDH markets. It is able to support all different releases of
OPTera Long Haul 1600 and its various NE types.
The globalization initiative aims to maximize deployment efficiencies while
bearing in mind future globalization requirements. The only impact of this
initiative for the user is the selection point prompt (SONET or SDH) when
commissioning the NE.
When the user selects the NE personality, all CLUI, Web UI logs and alarms
align with the selected personality. A single OPC load supports both NE types.
All specific information (for example, line, rate, alarm text, PM data) is
communicated up from the NE. A single INM load prompts both NE types.
Note: NE personality on a per-facility basis is not supported. No hybrid
NE (mix of SONET/SDH line facilities within the same element) is
possible.
NE personality can only be changed by decommissioning and
recommissioning the NE.
Note: See Engineering rules on page 4-1 for limitations related to
globalization.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

3-1

OAM&P features

3-

Chapter overview
This chapter describes operations, administration, maintenance and
provisioning (OAM&P) features of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release
1.2/1.5 Repeater network:

Autoprovisioning on page 3-1


Orderwire on page 3-2
Performance monitoring on page 3-4
OPC support on page 3-5
INM support on page 3-6
64K NE ID on page 3-7
32M SC on page 3-7
Routing fundamentals on page 3-8

CLUI, WUI, and OPC UI on page 3-17


External communications (DCC, OSC) on page 3-20
Product upgrade paths on page 3-21
Network management on page 3-22
Alarms on page 3-24

Autoprovisioning
The shelf controller (SC) autoprovisions circuit packs in pairs anywhere in the
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater main and optional extension shelves within
the G-naming and pairing boundaries when you insert circuit packs into the
shelf. The SC performs the following:
automatically recognizes the circuit pack
puts the circuit pack in service
creates facilities (where applicable), and
initializes the default provisioning values (for example, maximum Tx
power)

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

3-2 OAM&P features

The SC always provisions two paired slots together regardless of whether or


not a circuit pack is unidirectional and does not require a paired circuit pack
for a particular network application. The system generates a circuit pack
missing alarm if the partner circuit pack is missing.

Orderwire
The orderwire (OW) circuit pack, along with its associated software
functionalities, provides voice frequency communication between OPTera
Long Haul 1600 network elements (NEs) using the following:
orderwire interfaces present on the Local Craft Access Panel (LCAP), and
the orderwire circuit pack faceplate
Orderwire is typically used during maintenance activities, when craftspeople
at two sites must talk to each other to coordinate their actions and confirm
diagnostic results.
The orderwire circuit pack is an optional component that (when equipped)
resides in slot 15 of the control shelf of the Repeater NE configuration. The
presence or absence of the orderwire circuit pack does not impact any aspect
of the Repeater NE operation except for orderwire itself. See Typical control
shelf layout for the OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay Release 1.2 and 1.5 Repeater
bay on page 4-12 for the slot position of the OW circuit pack.
Local and express orderwire is accessed over the Optical Service Channel
(OSC) supported on MOR Plus amplifiers in slots 1 through 4 (G0 through G3)
of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater NE. OW is provided through a fixed
pairing of two circuit packs (2 pairs: 1 pair east and 1 pair west) configured as
Pre/Post amplifiers located in the Repeater main shelf.
To configure orderwire on a OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater system, each
node requires two to four MOR Plus circuit packs in the main shelf configured
as follows:
circuit packs in G0 and G3 (slots 1 and 4) provisioned as Red Pre/Blue Post
or Red MSAPre/Blue MSA Post
circuit packs in G1 and G2 (slots 2 and 3) provisioned as Red Post/ Blue
Pre or Red MSAPost/Blue MSA Pre
The OSC pairing of the MOR Plus circuit packs is as follows:
West OSC: slot 1 and 2 (MOR Plus G0 and G1)
East OSC: slot 3 and 4 (MOR Plus G2 and G3)

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

OAM&P features 3-3

Two MOR Plus circuit packs contain OSC capabilities to achieve bidirectional
OSC functionality:
one MOR Plus circuit pack to achieve 1510 nm OSC in one direction
one OSC plug-in module to achieve the 1625 nm OSC in the other
direction.
Figure 3-1 on page 3-4 shows orderwire signal flow.
The manual seam can be provisioned for an OPTera Long Haul 1600 network
if partitioning of the orderwire network is necessary. OPTera Long Haul 1600
nodes to the left and right of the node for which the manual seam has been
provisioned is treated as separate orderwire networks. This operation does not
affect OPTera Long Haul 1600 traffic. For further information on orderwire
seams, refer to the OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs.
OSC must be bidirectional in the network for orderwire to function. User
interfaces for orderwire are provided through the CLUI and the Web User
Interface (WUI). SC, CLUI, and traffic configuration are updated and
modified to provide provisioning, menu, and facilities functions for OW.
The orderwire public switch telephone network (PSTN) functionality is not
supported when a Repeater NE is created in SDH mode. All other OW
attributes are similar to those provided with the OC-192 Release 6.0 and
TN-64X Release 2.0. For more information about the orderwire attributes,
refer to the OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs.
Note: See page 4-57 for limitations related to related to orderwire.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

3-4 OAM&P features


Figure 3-1
Orderwire signal flow
OTP0037.eps

Control Shelf

OW

RB Main Shelf

OSC
West Facing

Rx

Tx

Tx

Rx

Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 4

G0
MOR
Plus

G1
MOR
Plus

G2
MOR
Plus

G3
MOR
Plus

Overhead
buses

OSC
East Facing

Manual Seam

Performance monitoring
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 supports the same performance
monitoring (PM) set as in OC-192 Release 7.0 and TN-64X Release 2.0.
However, not all PMs are used by the Repeater network elements. Because the
Wavelength Translators operate in 3R mode, PM supports section counts only.
Path, line, and physical PMs (Rx power monitoring) are not supported on the
2.5G WT circuit pack. However, Rx power monitoring on the 10G WT and the
OC-192/STM-64 XR is supported.
Section threshold defaults are the same as the threshold values on existing
OC-48 TR and OC-192 TR circuit packs. Table 3-1 provides the list of PMs
supported by the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater.
The OPTera Long Haul 1600 software PM system automatically configures
the operation mode of the supported circuit packs and sends the required
provisioning data. The PM system operates automatically and does not require
user intervention.
In this release, the PM system can support a maximum of 16 WTs or 16
regenerator facilities for each network element.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

OAM&P features 3-5


Table 3-1
PMs supported by the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater
PM

2.5G WT
(3R mode)

10G WT
(3R mode)

OC192/STM64 XR
(Regenerator mode)

Optical facilities
OPR

Yes

Yes

IQ

Yes

Yes

Section
CV

Yes

Yes

Yes

ES

Yes

Yes

Yes

SES

Yes

Yes

Yes

SEFS

Yes

Yes

Yes

OPC support
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 provides OPC software support for
both SONET and SDH through a partitioned OPC (POPC) circuit pack.
Legacy OPCs located in the OC-48, OC-12, and TN16X shelves are not
supported.
Note: See page 4-57 for limitations related to OPC support.
OPC software features
OPC software features for OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 include:
software delivery by tape, 122 MB flash cartridge, or POPC storage circuit
pack
SOC commissioning
fault management and event status through the OPC UIs, NE web user
interface (WUI) banner line, and INM upload
userID and password management; time-of-day sync; OPC data Save and
Restore, OPC activity switch; OPC port configuration
INM upload for remote inventory; shelf-level graphics; facility
provisioning; performance monitoring (PM) display
remote login across DATACOMM network in addition to INM remote
pass-through capability
flow-through operations, administration and maintenance (OAM)
messaging through the Transport Bridge configuration
S/W download and managed software upgrades for a product release

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

3-6 OAM&P features

PM collectors for transmitting to INM and transaction language 1 (TL1)


Level 2 routing (for more information about Level 2 routing, see Routing
fundamentals on page 3-8)

Span of control engineering guidelines


The Span of Control (SOC) engineering guidelines for OPTera Long Haul
1600 Release 1.2/1.5 are as follows:
a backup OPC is highly recommended in each SOC; primary and backup
OPCs should be in different locations
OPTera Long Haul 1600 release 1.2/1.5 software must be in a distinct and
separate SOC with its own OPC
no mix of SONET and SDH NEs is possible
Repeater and OAS (Optical Amplifier Shelf) NE types support only; no
ADM/LTE/REGEN support in OPTera Long Haul 1600 SOC
OAS and Repeater NEs are not allowed within the same SOC for
Release 1.2 but are allowed in Release 1.5
an OPC can be located in a bay that is outside of its SOC. However, it is
not recommended that you configure your system in this way.
Level 2 routing enable network size to increase beyond the 150 nodes limit
a maximum of 34 managed NEs is allowed in each SOC
7 hops OSC link limitation if OSC only is available for software upgrades
Note: This limitation only applies when no other communication channel,
such as SONET/SDH section DCC or Ethernet links, are accessible to
remote sites. For example, an OC-192/STM-64 XR terminates section
DCC, providing another communication channel complimentary to the
amplifier OSC.

a maximum of 30 DATACOMM hops (data communication sections) is


allowed from the primary OPC to managed network elements
a maximum of 150 visible DATACOMM Level 1 nodes, including OPCs,
is allowed within the same SOC
a maximum of 4 concurrent INM workstations is allowed

INM support
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 integrated network management software
is based on INM Release 5.0.2. OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 INM is
supported with INM Release 5.0.3.
See page 4-55 for a list of limitations related to INM support.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

OAM&P features 3-7

INM software features


INM S/W features for OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 include:
optical section view (OSV) is supported
autodiscovery of a new NE type (Repeater) on the graphical network
browser (GNB)
fault management
remote login (OPC, CLUI, WUI)
electronic S/W delivery
shelf-level graphics for the control, main, and extension shelf (shelf ID 1
through 3, respectively)
resource management building block (RMBB), fault management building
block (FMBB), performance management building Block (PMBB)
support
support for the following INM GNB functionality is provided for the 2.5G
WT circuit pack, the 10G WT circuit pack and the OC-192/STM-64 XR:
remote inventory and performance monitoring
shelf level graphics
facility provisioning (for SONET only)
PM threshold provisioning (for SONET only)
globalization
support a mix of SONET and SDH NEs within the same INM load
no facility provisioning and PM threshold provisioning for SDH
network elements
Note: INM Power Measurement will be supported in future releases of
INM. This software application is an optical software package that must be
installed with INM Core and INM optical section view (OSV). The
application allows the user to model optical paths in INM and view it
through the OSV GUI.

64K NE ID
All Network Manager releases and Integrated Network Management (INM)
releases previous to release 5.0 do not support network element numbers
greater than 32767. INM Release 5.0.2 supports an extended NE ID range of
32767 to 65534.

32M SC
Because of increasing demand on the memory of the shelf controller (SC) from
code expansion, OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 introduces more
memory on the SC with the 32M SC hardware. OPTera Long Haul 1600
Release 1.2/1.5 also provides software support for the 32M SC circuit pack.
Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

3-8 OAM&P features

Routing fundamentals
All addressable network elements in a network must be identified by a unique
network service access point (NSAP). A protocol data unit (PDU) is a packet
that is used by a source network element to send data to a destination network
element: a source and destination NSAP information and service data unit
(SDU) that carries the actual data in the message.
All network elements operating within the same routing parameter are said to
form a domain. A domain can be further divided into sub-domains or areas,
also known as a Level 1 area. The protocol used for routing PDUs within an
area is known as Level 1 routing (intra-area). See Level 2 routing concepts
on page 3-11.
Network elements within an area take on one of the following roles:

an end system (ES)


a node that can originate and terminate PDUs but does not route PDUs
within an area
example: an OPC
a Level 1 intermediate system (Level 1 IS)
such a system performs the same role as an ES, and
is also responsible for routing and relaying PDUs from one network
element to another within the Level 1 area
maintains a detailed topological view of routes to every connected
network element within its Level 1 area
examples: NEs and the network processor (NP)
a Level 2 intermediate system (Level 2 IS)
performs all the functions of a Level 1 IS
is responsible for routing PDUs from one Level 1 area to another
Level 1 area within the domain

Level 1 routing concepts


A Level 1 routing area is created or defined by a unique set of area addresses.
Because of standards history, the maximum number of unique area addresses
that can be supported for interoperability purposes in a Level 1 area is three.
For messages to be routed between nodes there must be a routing adjacency
established between the nodes. What happens on optical NEs is as follows. A
SONET DCC example is used to illustrate the concepts. The concepts are
similar for LAN-based connections (Control NET: CNET and Ethernet).

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

OAM&P features 3-9

A link is established over the channel. The frame size that is to be used at each
end of this link must be identical. Nothing in the protocol specification verifies
that the frame size at each end is the same. The user must ensure that the frame
sizes at each end is equal. In a SONET example, the point-to-point connection
uses the Link Access Protocol for D-channels (LAPD) over the section data
communications channel (SDCC). This arrangement establishes the basic fact
that the NEs can communicate with each other. After this fact has been
established, the NEs must now determine their routing compatibility, their
ability to route messages to or from the other NE. At this time, routing
adjacency status is determined.
After the LAPD connection has been established, the NEs now exchange
routing information. This routing information contains the following NE
details:
its network service access point (NSAP) address
the number of area addresses the NE supports
a list of the area addresses that this NE supports (maximum of three)
If the NEs do not support the same number of area addresses, the link cannot
be established. The NEs compare lists of supported area addresses at this point.
All that is required is for one area address to be common on the two NEs. If
there is at least one area address in common, a routing adjacency is established
and messages can be routed between the two NEs. If no area address is in
common, then the NEs view the link as unusable for the purposes of routing
messages to or from each other.
When a routing adjacency is established, the NEs exchange additional
information. A kind of additional information exchanged by the NEs is which
adjacent NEs are accessible through which port. All NEs within the Level 1
network exchange their information with another NE in the network. It is this
information that allows each NE to build the same view of the network and the
network connectivity. This information is then used by those NEs that are
Level 1 routers to route messages throughout the Level 1 network.
When two Level 1 areas are joined into a single Level 1 area, only the NEs
from the two areas that are physically connected require an area address in
common. The key factors required to join two separate Level 1 areas into one
Level 1 area are as follows:
The frame size on the connecting link must be identical.
The number of supported area addresses at each NE must be the same.
The connected NEs must have at least one supported area address in
common.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

3-10 OAM&P features

There are circumstances in which NEs from different vendors must work
together in a network and be able to route each others messages. It is likely
that two different vendors equipment use different default area addresses. The
ability to support more than one area address means it is simpler to provision
the one vendors area address on the others NE to which it is connected so that
there one area address in common.
The manual area address (MAA) set on any given NE is the area addresses the
NE has provisioned on it. The NE uses this NSAP as the source address of all
messages it originates. To establish routing adjacency, NEs exchange
information about which area addresses they each support. This information is
passed from NE to NE around the entire Level 1 area. All NEs in the entire
Level 1 area know about all area addresses provisioned within the Level 1 area.
The union of all these manual area address sets then becomes the computed
area address (CAA) set. The CAA set is found on each NE within the Level 1
area. No more than three MAAs can be provisioned in a Level 1 area.
Since all nodes can support a maximum of three area addresses in their
computed area address set, the remaining area addresses are dropped, which
has a disastrous effect on the network. The nodes decide which area addresses
to keep and which to drop according to the following rule, from ISO 10589:
Compare all area addresses digit by digit starting from the left. Once a lower
digit is found, that area address is deemed to be lower than the other is. After
all area addresses in the computed area address set are compared, the three
lowest stay and everything else goes.
Assume the following five manual area addresses are provisioned on nodes
within a Level 1 area:
123456
23456789
34567890
4
5
Following the rule, area addresses 123456, 23456789, and 34567890 are kept
while 4 and 5 are dropped. No leading zeroes are added to pad the addresses
to be the same length. All addresses are left justified and the comparison
begins. In this example, the comparison ends after the first digits are compared.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

OAM&P features 3-11

Because area addresses 4 and 5 have now been dropped, any nodes that are
using either of these area addresses in their NSAP addresses will have a
problem. For example, assume node X has area address 5 in its manual area
address set and uses this area address in its NSAP. When X originates a
message, it places its NSAP as the source address of the message. The
destination node, Y for example, receives the message (assuming Y was not
using either 4 or 5 as part of its NSAP address).
Should Y wish to respond to the message, it uses the source address NSAP
from the message it has now received from X as the destination NSAP for its
response.Since Y dropped area address 5 from its computed area address set,
it can not know how to route the message within this Level 1 area to the correct
destination node, X. If Level 1 routing were supported is this network, Y would
throw the message away and node X would not get a response to its message.
Level 2 routing concepts
Level 2 routing is used to interconnect previously created Level 1 areas.
Level 2 routers follow the Level 1 algorithms as described in the previous
section. They are an NE within a Level 1 area. They can also route messages
to nodes that are not within their own Level 1 area. To achieve this
arrangement, a Level 2 router must have at least one of its communications
ports directly connected to that of another Level 2 router. To maintain
connectivity in a domain comprised of numerous Level 1 areas, all Level 2
routers must be connected. This connection forms the Level 2 routing
backbone.
Once connected and provisioned as Level 2 routers, the Level 2 routers
exchange information between themselves. The information exchanged is the
set of area addresses (computed as a set of area addresses) each supported in
its Level 1 area. Each Level 2 router can then build a map of which Level 2
routers support which Level 1 area addresses. In addition, each Level 2 router
can determine over which link it must send a message destined for another
Level 1 area to allow the message to reach its destination. See Figure 3-3 on
page 3-14.
Level 2 connectivity

Some common misconceptions exist regarding connectivity among Level 2


routing. Most assume boundary NEs can be configured as Level 2 routers and
Level 2 routing will occur. This scenario holds true in a simple case where
there are only two areas involved. The situation becomes more complex when
there are more than two areas.
A Level 1 router can only operate in the Level 1 area. It cannot operate in the
Level 2 sub-domain. A Level 2 router can operate in both Level 1 and Level 2
sub-domains, bridging both levels. A Level 2 router can also act as a Level 1
router. It can route packets within its area just like any Level 1 router while it
can also route packets between different areas in the Level 2 sub-domain.
Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

3-12 OAM&P features

When a packet is routed through the Level 2 sub-domain, the Level 2 router
cannot make use of Level 1 links or paths to forward the packet. A packet
routed through the Level 2 sub-domain must use Level 2 paths formed by
Level 2 links. Level 1 and Level 2 paths operate separately.
Level 2 with linear systems

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 Repeater system can support a
number of on ramp and off ramp tributaries where a cluster of NEs can hang
off each tributary. Each of these tributary clusters will be a tributary network.
In this case, the total number of NEs in the entire tributary network can exceed
the Level 1 routing limit. If this happens, part or all of the tributary networks
must be partitioned into smaller Level 1 areas. Each tributary network is
configured as an individual area. In each area, the NE connection to the
OPTera Long Haul 1600 linear backbone is configured as a Level 2 router for
the area itself. This NE can then tap into the OPTera Long Haul 1600 backbone
using the tributary circuit. See Figure 3-4 on page 3-15.
Amplifier site or dense regenerator site as a Level 2 hub

A Repeater NE configured as a line amplifier site (using MOR Plus amplifier)


is the natural choice to a be a Level 2 router because the MOR Plus acts as an
optical hub where multiple spans of NEs meet at a single point. Each node in
the different areas can communicate with one another, as well as the common
regenerator or line amplifier, through the Level 2 routers. See Figure 3-5 on
page 3-16.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

OAM&P features 3-13


Figure 3-2
Data communication fundamentals
OTP0137.eps

Level 2

Area A
Level 1

Area B
Level 1

Domain X

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

3-14 OAM&P features


Figure 3-3
Level 2 routing across Level 1 areas
OTP0138.eps

INM

L21S

Area Y
The 3 areas are
connected with L21S.

L21S

L21S

Area X
Area Z

Note 1: Now there is only one routing


domain. This routing domain is made
up of 3 unique areas identified with
unique area addresses (X, Y, Z).
Note 2: Each one of the areas is now
connected with Level 2 routers.

Note 3: Peer-to-peer communication


between NEs of different areas is now
possible.
Note 4: Redundant communication
path for INM to the NEs upon broken
links.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

OAM&P features 3-15


Figure 3-4
Level 2 with linear systems
OTP0139.eps

Subtending

Subtending

L2

L2

The OPTera Long Haul 1600


level 2 routers are connected
to each other using DCC or
OSC to form the backbone
for the level 2 path.
Tributary

Tributary

L2

L2

OSC
or
DCC
L2

L2

Legend
- Level 2 path
- Level 2 router

Note 1: Each tributary network is configured as


an individual area. In each tributary area, the NE
connection to the OPTera Long Haul 1600 backbone
is configured as a level 2 router for the area itself.
This NE can then tap into the OPTera Long Haul
1600 backbone using the tributary circuit.
Note 2: OPTera Long Haul 1600 can support a
number of tributaries where a cluster of NEs can
hang off each tributary.

Note 3: Each of these tributary clusters is a


tributary network.
Note 4: The total number of NEs in the entire
tributary network can exceed a level 1 routing
limit in this senario. Therefore, part or all of
the tributary networks must be partitioned into
smaller level 1 areas.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

3-16 OAM&P features


Figure 3-5
Amplifier site or dense regenerator as a Level 2 Hub
OTP0140.eps

NE
L2

Area 2

L2

Area 5

MOR
Area 3

Area 4

L2

L2

L2

L2

Area 6

Area 7

NE
Area 1

Legend
- Level 2 path
- Level 2 router

Note 1: MOR NE is the natural choice to be a level 2 router, since


the MOR circuit packs act as an optical hub where multiple spans
of NEs meet at a single point.
Note 2: Nodes in the different areas can communicate with one
another and the common regenerator/optical line amplifier through
the level 2 routers.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

OAM&P features 3-17

In summary, Level 2 routing enables the data communication network to


develop beyond the current network size limit. This new functionality allows
the communication to any network element and OPCs within networks without
barriers. It is no longer necessary to segment the data communication domain
to respect the conventional 150 nodes Level 1 area limit by selectively turning
on or off physical DATACOMM ports. Instead, the entire network can be split
into Level 1 routing areas with simple manual area address provisioning at
each NE. A small number of NEs at the boundary area can be provisioned as
Level 2 routers and used to interconnect the previously created Level 1 areas.
The addition of one or more large network segments to the existing
DATACOMM network can be accomplished easily by creating one or more
new areas without requiring re-provisioning of any existing DATACOMM
ports.
Nortel Networkss implementation of Level 2 routing requires little or no
manual intervention for this operation. The user only needs to provision a few
operation parameters when commissioning.
For specific details on the commissioning procedures, refer to the
OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs. For more details on data communications and
Level 2 routing, see Data Communications Planning Guide, PG OC 99-30,
issue 1.

CLUI, WUI, and OPC UI


The user interface (UI) enhancements relate to the restructured optical
commands in a new optical facility CLUI menu that includes:
a modified OCn facility menu for the SONET 2.5G WT, 10G WT, OC-192
XR circuit packs
a modified STMn facility menu for the SDH 2.5G WT, 10G WT, and
STM-64 XR circuit packs
This CLUI instance offers the following advantages:
allows you to locate commands related to optical hardware quickly and
easily
facilitates the query and modification of configuration information for this
hardware
CLUI supports the following attributes:
new NE Repeater type with respective shelf IDs (Repeater main shelf ID
is 2, Repeater first extension shelf ID is 3)
new grouping of circuit packs for MOR Plus, 2.5G WT, 10G WT, and
OC-192/STM-64 XR

new Repeater CP inventory


64K NE ID
Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

3-18 OAM&P features

transmitter analog maintenance 2 (AM2) provisioning support


new optical facility menu that groups all optical related submenus and
includes transmitter output provisioning, received physical parameters,
MOR Plus facility and measurements as well as MOR Plus DCC control
software provisionable transmitted power, wavelength and chirp
additional Tx provisioning: AM1 or AM2 dither provisioning and NLS
dither provisioning
MOR Plus end-to-end power control for 32- (automatic channel
discovery, channel provisioning information propagation and local locking
capabilities, output power propagation and local locking capabilities)
new COMNE command (commission NE) replaces CreateNE
new delete extension shelf command
secondary state support for supported circuit packs and circuit pack groups

The CLUI output displayed by various commands has the same formatting and
display properties except for the displays that support new functionality (for
example, the new 2.5G WT and 10G WT).
The UI enhancements allow you to select multiple sets of optical facility
instances on a single circuit pack (for example, dual DWDM circuit packs).
Introduction of this feature in the first day of OPTera Long Haul 1600
deployment minimizes the customer impact on this major CLUI change in the
future.
See Figure 3-6 on page 3-19 for the CLUI menu details
See Figure 3-7 on page 3-20 for a sample of the new CLUI screen.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

OAM&P features 3-19


Figure 3-6
CLUI overview
OPT0036.eps

Alarm

Thresholds
Facility
Performance

Performance
Monitoring

Clear
Counts

NE Alarm
Provisioning
Circuit Pack
Group Protection

Protection

Network
Element

Shelf Alarm
Provisioning
Manual Area
Address Mgmt.

Main

Circuit Pack
Group Equipment

Equipment

OCn
Facility

Alarm
Provisioning

Alarm
Provisioning

Orderwire

Facility
DCC
Control

MOR DCC
Control

Tx Optical
Facility

Power
Measurements

Rx Optical
Facility

Optical
Facility

Optical SIGnal
Facility

MOR
Facility

Administration

OSC
Facility

Date and
Time

PT
Input

User
Administration

PT
Output

Alarm
Provisioning

Interface
Port

Ethernet
Control

Alarm
Provisioning

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

3-20 OAM&P features


Figure 3-7
Sample of new CLUI screen
OTP0092.eps

C 000

M 000

m 000

w 000

LckOut 000

ActPt 000

00:43

NE 2019> QRNE
NE Equipment

NE Id: 21

NE Type:
NE Name:
Location:
Function:
Line Rate:

REPEATER

Date:
Time:
Time Zone:

01/01/95
00/42/02
GMT

Current Clock Source:


Target Clock Source:

ThroughTimed
ThroughTimed

OC192
[DD/MM/YY]
[HH/MM/SS]

Shelf
Vintage
Position
Serial Number
------------------------------------------------------------------------CONTROL
0
1
NTM0133109FE
OTP MAIN
0
2
OTP EXTENSION
0
3
-

External communications (DCC, OSC)


The external communications functionality on the OPTera Long Haul 1600
Repeater NE is implemented on the following:
the 32M shelf controller (SC) circuit pack
the 128 M maintenance interface (MI) circuit pack
the optical circuit packs (WT and XR).
OPTera Long Haul 1600 external comms and remote layer management
(RLM) support both SDCC and OSC (no SDCC access with 2.5G WT and
10G WT).
See page 4-56 for limitations related to external communications.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

OAM&P features 3-21

Product upgrade paths


Table 3-2 contains information about the different options available when
deploying or upgrading OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater network elements.
Commissioning MI (Golden MI) are to be used for all first deployments (green
field deployments).
Table 3-2
OPTera Long Haul 1600 deployment and software upgrade paths
OPTera Long Haul
1600 Release

Commissioning MI (Golden MI)


supported deployment

Possible software upgrade path

1.0

OAS network elements (NEs)

None (first introduction)

1.2

Repeater NEs

None (first introduction)

1.5

OAS NEs

Release 1.0 to 1.5

Repeater NEs

Release 1.2 to 1.5

Combiner NEs

Release 1.5 to 2

2 (see Note)

OAS NEs
Repeater NEs
Note 1: OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 to Release 2 is a span of control (SOC) only upgrade
because it only upgrades the OPC software to include management of Combiner NEs into an existing
Release 1.5 network. NE software catalog files are upgraded with the new release information.
Note 2: OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 2 supports the new deployment of OAS, Repeater and
Combiner NEs through the Multiple catalog support (MCS) functionality. MCS also allows the SOC
upgrade of an OPTera Long Haul 1600 OAS or Repeater from Release 1.5 to Release 2 . This SOC
upgrade allows the use of a single SOC for all NE types. A Combiner NE can only be created upon
commissioning MI deployment, not upon upgrade or decommissioning of an existing Repeater or OAS
NE.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

3-22 OAM&P features

Network management
Several network management considerations must be taken into account when
deploying OPTera Long Haul 1600 products in a system. OPTera Long Haul
1600 operators are looking to purchase or lease bandwidth (or wavelengths)
from various carriers and from various network configurations. Because
overhead transparency may be required when deploying open optical
interfaces that provide -leasing capabilities (such as OPTera Long Haul 1600
Release 1.2/1.5), performance monitoring and alarm management become a
challenge.
With OPTera Long Haul 1600 Releases 1.2/1.5, operators are able to provision
some bytes in the overhead to address this fault management issue. In Figure
3-8 on page 3-23, the second and last deployment examples are manageable
because each carrier can perform its own sectionalization of faults without
interfering with the others. However, in the first example, which is a direct
application of transparent leasing, it is not clear as to where a fault
originates and which carrier will account for it. In this situation, operators can
provision the B1 byte (section parity byte for error counts and PM counts) as
recalculated and provision J0 (section trace) as inserted to activate section
trace monitoring. Section trace monitoring effectively indicates
misconnections from an on-ramp facility to an off-ramp facility.
B1 byte provisioning functionality
As shown in Figure 3-9 on page 3-23, if the B1 byte is provisioned as
pass-through, the error count increases every time a fault occurs and the total
quantity of error counts reaches the subtending equipment. The operator then
has to log in to each OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater NE in the link and look
at the PM screens to determine where the counts have started to increase. The
B1 byte provisioned as pass-through answers the need of some customers for
total service transparency while still signaling faults to the subtending
equipment. The subtending equipment can then handle the protection
switching. In this scenario however, sectionalization of faults is a laborious
process.
For a faster and more effective sectionalization of fault solution, the B1 byte
can be provisioned as recalculated. In this situation, the B1 byte is reset to 00
at every Repeater site when no faults are detected within a span. If an error
occurs between two Repeaters, the error counts show on the PM screens of the
receiving Repeater. The fault can then be localized and acknowledged much
faster without fastidious calculations. For carriers who require rapid fault
detection, B1 recalculated is a valuable solution.
Subtending equipment is still provided with switching capabilities in the event
of a B2 error as the passed through B2 byte is detected at the far end terminal.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

OAM&P features 3-23


Figure 3-8
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 network management considerations
OTP0058.eps

Operator

Carrier A

Operator

Operator

Carrier B

Operator

Carrier C

Operator

Carrier A

Operator

Operator

Carrier B

Operator

Figure 3-9
Sectionalization of faults for OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater NE
OTP0125.eps

Subtending
TBM
Subtending
TBM
B1 Passthrough
B1 Passthrough

B1 Passthrough

B1

B1

B1 Passthrough

B1

B1

B1

B1 errors

ATM

RPT

RPT

RPT

RPT

ATM

B1 errors

Routers

Off Ramp

On Ramp

X
IP

Routers

B2 errors

B1

B1
B1 Recalculated

B1
B1 Recalculated

B1

B1 Recalculated
B1 Recalculated

B2

IP
B1

B2

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

3-24 OAM&P features

Alarms
The alarms associated with OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 Repeater
2.5G WT, the 10G WT, and the OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit packs include the
following equipment alarms for section fault management:
Circuit pack missing
Circuit pack fail
Circuit pack mismatch
Autoprovisioning mismatch
Filler card missing
Facility alarms include:
PM threshold crossing alerts (TCAs)
Loss of signal (LOS)
SDCC link fail (for the OC192/STM64 XR circuit pack only)
There are no new additional alarms introduced with this release of
OPTera Long Haul 1600.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

4-1

Engineering rules

4-

Chapter overview
This chapter contains the following sections:
Frame equipment on page 4-1
Circuit packs on page 4-11
Mandatory control shelf circuit packs on page 4-16
Optional control shelf circuit packs on page 4-17
OPC definition on page 4-18
Circuit pack equipping rules on page 4-22
Power Optimizer interworking on page 4-27
Deployment examples on page 4-28
Typical bay configurations on page 4-32
Limitations on page 4-55

Frame equipment
The OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay is built using a 2.125 m (6 ft 11.64 in.) front
access universal frame. Optionally, frame extenders can be used to extend the
2.125 m frames to the following heights:
2.13 m (7 ft.)
2.20 m (7.21 ft.)
2.29 m (7.5 ft.)
2.44 m (8 ft.)
2.60 m (8.53 ft.)
2.74 m (9 ft.)
3.50 m (11.5 ft.)

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

4-2 Engineering rules

A bay frame includes the following:


anchor bolts
shear plate
a grounding strip
all the necessary attachment screws
A standard equipped OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay is available on a frame with
dimensions of 23.62 in. (0.60 m) wide x 11.73 in. (0.298 m) deep x 83.66 in.
(2.125 m) high.
The OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay is available with an optional extension shelf
for additional optical interfaces such as 2.5G WT, 10G WT and
OC-192/STM-64 XR. Because in-service addition of the optional extension
shelf is not supported with releases 1.2 and 1.5, it is strongly recommended
that customers with high capacity needs purchase the OPTera Long Haul 1600
bay frame with the optional extension shelf in place. The second optional
extension shelf will be available in the near future. For a typical OPTera Long
Haul 1600 Repeater bay layout, see Figure 4-1.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Engineering rules 4-3


Figure 4-1
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater bay configuration
OTP0018.eps

Two four-unit
DWDM shelves

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

4-4 Engineering rules

Power
The office power terminations are fastened to the control shelf with lugs. All
power distribution is contained within the bay, shelves and frames. It is well
protected against accidental cuts or short-circuits because power wires are not
externally accessible.
As shown in Figure 4-2 on page 4-5, three power feeds from each battery (A
and B), and the required three battery return cables for each battery (A and B)
provide power to the bay. A ground connection is also provided at the top of
the bay for frame ground connection to the central office (CO) ground.
You can use two configuration models to connect OPTera Long Haul 1600
power feeds to the power supply: 6 power feeds and 2 power feeds.
Six power feeds

The six power feeds can be connected to the front power termination block (see
Figure 4-2 on page 4-5). Figure 4-4 on page 4-7 shows how to connect the
power cables to the front termination block.
The fuse or breaker for each power lead from the battery distribution fuse bay
(BDFB) must be 40 amperes.
Two power feeds

To connect the two power feeds, you must have the correct power feed jumper
kit. It contains two 3-position bus bars, one 6-position bus bar and 4 x #4 AWG
power leads. See Figure 4-3 on page 4-6 for a detailed schematic of the 2 power
feeds installation procedure.
The fuse or breaker for each power lead from the BDFB must be 100 amperes.
Note: You can use different types of fuses/breakers to protect the wiring
between the BDFB and the OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay. The given
amperage values do not depend on the type of fuse or breaker used.
Breaker/filter modules
The breaker/filter modules consist of seven 15-ampere circuit breakers, low
frequency filtering, and soft-start circuits. The circuit breakers are logically
assigned for the power distribution to the control shelf, to each quadrant of the
main transport shelf and to each half of the extension shelf (see Figure 4-5 on
page 4-8). Each breaker/filter module is connected to the three parallel battery
feeds located in the power termination area. The circuit packs are located in
slots 1 and 2 of the control shelf: one circuit pack for battery A power feeds
and one circuit pack for battery B power feeds. Both circuit packs are required
to offer power redundancy.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Engineering rules 4-5


Figure 4-2
Power feed assignments for 6 power feeds with front power termination block
(front view shown)
F3178

A1 (-48V)

A1 (RET)

B1 (-48V)

B1 (RET)

A2 (-48V)

A2 (RET)

B2 (-48V)

B2 (RET)

A3 (-48V)

A3 (RET)

B3 (-48V)

B3 (RET)

L-shaped
connectors

Note: The A and B returns are tied together, as shown, by L-shaped


connectors on the back of the power termination block.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

4-6 Engineering rules


Figure 4-3
Installing jumper buses on the 2-power feed front power termination block (front view shown)
OTP0751.eps

Control shelf
terminal block assembly
Pos A1 (-48V)
Pos B1 (-48V)
Pos A2 (-48V)
Pos B2 (-48V)
Pos A3 (-48V)
Pos B3 (-48V)

Pos A1 (ret)
Pos B1 (ret)
Pos A2 (ret)
Pos B2 (ret)
Pos A3 (ret)
Pos B3 (ret)
2-position bus bars
Feed cables
(part of NTCA89GE)

Control shelf
terminal block assembly

Pos A1 (-48V)
Pos B1 (-48V)
Pos A2 (-48V)
Pos B2 (-48V)
Pos A3 (-48V)
Pos B3 (-48V)

3-position bus bars


(PO885924)

Feed cables

Return cables (part of NTCA89GE)


Pos A1 (ret)
Pos B1 (ret)
Pos A2 (ret)
Pos B2 (ret)
Pos A3 (ret)
Pos B3 (ret)

3
A
B

6-position bus bar


(P0882764)

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Engineering rules 4-7


Figure 4-4
Power cables connected to the OPTera Long Haul 1600 control shelf power termination block
OTP0201.eps

Power cables from


the power termination
block to the power
supply

Power termination
block

Breaker Filter
Module A
Breaker Filter
Module B

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

4-8 Engineering rules


Figure 4-5
OPTera Long Haul 1600 power distribution and circuit breaker assignment (one battery feed)
OTP0241.eps

(-)
A3

(-)
A2

(-)
A1

-48V connections on external power


termination, at top of the bay
Breaker/filter module

1
3 - 17

Control shelf

2
1-5
Main shelf
2
6 - 10

3
1-5
Extension shelf
3
6 - 10

4
1-5
Second
Extension shelf
4
6 - 10

Note: Fan power is provided by internal fuses located in the breaker/filter module.

Fiber management trays


The fiber management trays manage optical fiber cable slack going in and out
of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay. The fiber management unit (located below
the LCAP) contains two separate pull-out drawers or trays that are available in
standard format (NTCA84GA and NTCA84GB). The 20 fiber reels are
equipped within the fiber management tray as part of the basic configuration
(NTCA84GC). Each reel can store up two meters of fiber slack patchcord
without affecting the allowed bend radius. Figure 4-6 on page 4-9 shows a
standard fiber management tray unit equipped with 20 fiber spools. The
OPTera Long Haul 1600 main shelf filled with circuit packs accommodates a
maximum of 24 fibers. The optional extension shelf and the second extension
shelf accommodate a maximum of 20 fibers each. Because the total capacity
OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Engineering rules 4-9

of fiber-optic patchcords of one OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay is 40 fibers,


stand-alone fiber management facilities must be installed if a second extension
shelf is required to extend bay capacity.
Figure 4-6
Optical fiber management tray equipped with the hardware kit (20 fiber-optic spools)
OTP0044.tif

In addition, different options for optical devices and optical fiber management
routing equipment are available to meet customer requirements. These options
include the following:
8 miniature variable optical attenuators (mVOAs) mounting plate kit and
16 adaptors
8 attenuator mounting plate kit to install fixed attenuation pads
1 or 2 WDM couplers mounting plate kit for 1541.3 nm and 1560.6 nm
wavelength sparing
L-band/OSC WDM coupler mounting plate kit
Fiber guides
To handle intrabay fiber management routing, the OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay
includes fiber guides on the sides of the shelves. Figure 4-7 on page 4-10
shows how to store fiber-slack on fiber guides. These fiber guides are useful to
relieve fiber optics patchcord overload in the fiber management trays.
Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

4-10 Engineering rules


Figure 4-7
Storing slack of fiber-optic patchcord on fiber guides on the sides of the shelves
OTP0062.eps

Fiber guide

Notes :
1- Store fiber slack between shelves on the same bay on the fiber
guides at the sides of the bay.
2- Store fiber slack to and from another bay on the fiber spools
inside the FMTs.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Engineering rules 4-11

Circuit packs
This section provides engineering rules for ordering and equipping circuit
packs in an OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater NE configuration. Order circuit
packs as follows:
when you order a new bay
when you are expanding an existing system to add more capacity
if you require replacements or spares
Order circuit packs according to the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater
network element configuration. Release 1.2/1.5 supports the use of the
optional extension shelf for a denser Repeater application.
Order spare circuit packs based on your requirements. It is recommended that
you have a minimum number of spare circuit pack as backups for circuit packs
carrying traffic and control circuit packs, such as shelf controller (SC) and the
maintenance interface (MI).
See the following figures for the various views of the shelf configuration
layout for an OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater network element:
Figure 4-8 on page 4-12 for the layout of the OPTera Long Haul 1600
control shelf
Figure 4-9 on page 4-13 for the layout of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 main
transport shelf and optional extension shelf configured for the wavelength
translator application (WT)
Figure 4-10 on page 4-14 for the layout of the OPTera Long Haul 1600
main transport shelf and optional extension shelf configured for the dense
regenerator application (WT)
These figures highlight the circuit pack positions and equipping rules for the
various system configurations.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

4-12 Engineering rules


Figure 4-8
Typical control shelf layout for the OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay Release 1.2 and 1.5 Repeater bay

11 12 13

Filler circuit pack

10

Filler circuit pack

OW

MX

PT

MX

PT

128M MI

POPI

Filler circuit pack

3 4

Filler circuit pack

POPC
32M SC

Breaker/filter module B

POPS

Breaker/filter module A

OTP0020.eps

14 15 16 17

Note 1: Release 1.2 and 1.5 do not have ESI circuit packs.
Note 2: The parallel telemetry (PT) circuit pack, the orderwire (OW) circuit pack, and
the second message exchange (MX) circuit pack are optional circuit packs.
Note 3: OPC circuit packs in slots 3, 4, 5, and 12 are not required in every network
element. All three OPC cards are only required in a network element that
houses the primary OPC or backup OPC.
Legend
Mandatory circuit packs
Optional circuit packs

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Engineering rules 4-13


Figure 4-9
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater WT application bay configuration
OTP0004.eps

G5

G6

G7

G8

G9

2.5G WT or 10G WT

2.5G WT or 10G WT

Main shelf
(Shelf ID: 2)

2.5G WT or 10G WT

G13

G4

2.5G WT or 10G WT

G12

MOR Plus (RedPre/BluePost)

MOR Plus (RedPost/BluePre)

G3

2.5G WT or 10G WT

G11

G2

2.5G WT or 10G WT

G10

G1

MOR Plus (RedPost/BluePre)

MOR Plus (RedPre/BluePost)

G0

G14

G15

G16

G17

G18

G19

Fan module
unit installed
between
main shelf and
extension
shelf 1 in bay

2.5G WT or 10G WT

2.5G WT or 10G WT

2.5G WT or 10G WT

2.5G WT or 10G WT

2.5G WT or 10G WT

2.5G WT or 10G WT

2.5G WT or 10G WT

2.5G WT or 10G WT

2.5G WT or 10G WT

2.5G WT or 10G WT

Extension shelf 1
(Shelf ID: 3)

Note: G4 through G19 can contain either 2.5G WT or 10G WT circuit


packs for Repeater Wavelength Translator systems. Follow G-naming rules.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

4-14 Engineering rules


Figure 4-10
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater dense regenerator application main and extension shelf
OTP0050.eps

G10

G11

G12

G13

G4

G5

G6

G7

G8

G9

G14

G15

G16

G17

G18

OC-192/STM-64 XR

OC-192/STM-64 XR

OC-192/STM-64 XR

OC-192/STM-64 XR

OC-192/STM-64 XR

Main shelf
(Shelf ID: 2)
OC-192/STM-64 XR

G3

MOR Plus (RedPre/BluePost)

G2

MOR Plus (RedPost/BluePre)

G1

MOR Plus (RedPost/BluePre)

MOR Plus (RedPre/BluePost)

G0

G19

Fan module
unit installed
between
main shelf
and extension
shelf 1 in bay

Note: Follow G-naming rules.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

OC-192/STM-64 XR

OC-192/STM-64 XR

OC-192/STM-64 XR

OC-192/STM-64 XR

OC-192/STM-64 XR

OC-192/STM-64 XR

OC-192/STM-64 XR

OC-192/STM-64 XR

OC-192/STM-64 XR

OC-192/STM-64 XR

Extension shelf 1
(Shelf ID: 3)

Engineering rules 4-15

2.5G WT and 10G WT open optical interfaces


OPTera Long Haul 1600 bidirectional Wavelength Translators condition
2.5-Gbit/s or 10-Gbit/s services for DWDM long-haul transport in a
multivendor environment. Translated optical signals are regenerated, reshaped
and retimed for optimum performance over a DWDM backbone. Open optical
interfaces allow transparent interworking with virtually any SONET, SDH, IP
or ATM 2.5-Gbit/s or 10-Gbit/s network elements not equipped with DWDMcompatible optics. The 2.5G WT and 10G WT circuit packs have a transmitter
output port and a receiver input port. Transmitters use distributed feedback
(DFB) semiconductor laser technology and provide provisionable output
power and chirp setting.
Note: Chirp setting is only provisionable on the 10G WT and the
OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit packs.
Both the 2.5G WT and the 10G WT are supported in slots 6 to10 (G5 to G9)
of the main shelf and slots 1 to 10 (G10 to G19) of the optional extension shelf.
The 2.5G WT and 10G WT circuit packs follow predefined pairing and
equipping rules. See Circuit pack equipping rules on page 4-22 for details.
OC-192/STM-64 XR single regenerator interface
The OC-192/STM-64 XR is a 10 Gbit/s single circuit pack that is used in full
regeneration applications. The OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit pack is short reach
only. This circuit pack is in slots 6 to 10 (G5 to G9) of the main shelf and slots
1 to 10 (G0 to G9) of the optional extension shelf. Sixteen OC-192/STM-64
XR circuit packs are grouped in 8 East/West circuit pack group (CPG) pairs on
the main and extension shelves of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay.
Filler circuit packs (or filler cards)
The NTCA49AA filler circuit packs are used to fill empty slots on the main,
first, and second extension shelves to ensure correct cooling. The single slot
filler circuit pack must be used in all unequipped full-height single slots.
To prevent EMI emissions, filler circuit packs (NTCA59AA) are required for
all empty slots in the control shelf of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay. Filler
circuit packs are always required in slots 16 and 17 of the control shelf. Insert
additional filler circuit packs in slots 3, 4, 5 and 12 of the control shelf if the
POPC is not used. Filler circuit packs are also required in slots 11, 13, 14 and
15 of the control shelf if the redundant MX, the parallel telemetry and the
orderwire circuit packs are not used.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

4-16 Engineering rules

Mandatory control shelf circuit packs


The following circuit packs are mandatory for the Repeater application.
Breaker/filter module
Two breaker/filter modules (A and B) units must be equipped in slots 1 and 2
of the control shelf for redundant 48V supply to the shelves. Each
breaker/filter module contains seven 15A breakers and the associated filters.
The modules distribute power to the control, main transport and extension
shelf, including the environmental control unit (ECU). In addition, the
breaker/filter modules attenuate the noise on the 48V power lines. The filters
also limit current surges and clamp overvoltages.
Shelf Controller (SC)
One shelf processor (SC) is required in the control shelf. The SC is equipped
in slot 6. The SC interfaces to all software-based circuit packs and serves as a
message gateway for DCC, external RS-232 and Ethernet. Its various functions
include alarm reporting, PM collection, system fault detection, isolation and
protection, software download and upgrade and restart capability from local
nonvolatile flash on the MI circuit pack. OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release
1.2/1.5 introduces a 32 Mbyte SC.
Maintenance Interface (MI)
The maintenance interface (MI) circuit pack is required for each OPTera Long
Haul 1600 bay and is equipped in slot 9 of the control shelf. It houses one serial
RS-232 port and three Ethernet ports on its faceplate. The MI operates in with
the shelf controller and contains 128 Mbytes of flash memory which is used
for configuration and code storage. Its main functions include alarm reporting,
processor sanity, circuit pack inventory and status and Ethernet/RS-232 port
drivers.
Message Exchange (MX)
The message exchange (MX) circuit pack is required in slot 10 or 11 of the
control shelf. It handles internal communications between the control circuit
packs and the optical circuit packs, as well as DCC routing. The MX circuit
pack connects the shelf controller to all software based circuit packs in the
OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay through the internal star-based LAN.
Note: You must install at least one MX circuit pack in the control shelf. If
two MX circuit packs are installed, one can act as the working circuit pack,
and one can act as the protection circuit pack.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Engineering rules 4-17

Optional control shelf circuit packs


An optional circuit pack can be equipped in the input/output slots of the control
shelf.
OPC controller (POPC-C)
The OPC controller circuit pack is the basic hardware component of the OPC
computing engine for the OPTera Long Haul 1600 control shelf. The OPC
controller provides operations, administration, maintenance and provisioning
(OAM&P) functionality. It communicates with the OPC interface circuit pack,
the OPC storage circuit pack, the shelf controller circuit pack, and the
maintenance interface circuit pack.
OPC storage (POPC-S)
The OPC controller storage circuit pack consists of a hard disk drive,
electrically erasable programmable read only memory (EEPROM) and a
removable media interface (NTCA53BA). The OPC storage circuit pack acts
as an extension to the OPC controller.
OPC interface (POPC-I)
The OPC interface circuit pack is intended to be a reactive circuit card. The
OPC interface circuit pack provides the external customer interfaces for the
OPTera Long Haul 1600 control shelf. It also communicates with the
maintenance interface circuit pack and the OPC controller circuit pack.
Message exchange (protection)
The MX circuit pack connects the shelf controller to all software-based circuit
packs through an internal bus. It detects circuit pack presence supports
intercard messaging. The MXA circuit pack, found in hardware slot 10 is
considered a mandatory circuit pack. A second protection MX circuit pack,
MXB in slot 11, is an optional circuit pack. The main function of the dual MX
circuit pack support is to provide the protection for intercard messaging.
Parallel Telemetry (PT)
Two optional parallel telemetry circuit packs can be equipped in slots 13 and
14 of the control shelf. The PT offers 64 telemetry inputs (activated when
connected to ground) and 16 form-C relay outputs. The interface is achieved
through one 44-pin D-sub connector for inputs and one 25-pin D-sub
connector for outputs, located on the faceplate of the unit. This unit monitors
and controls external equipment.
Orderwire (OW)
The orderwire (OW) circuit pack provides two voice frequency
communication channels between OPTera Long Haul 1600 NEs. The channels
operate at a rate of 64 Kbit/s, using reserved bytes within the optical service
channel (OSC). OSC can be transmitted on the 1510 nm or/and the 1625 nm
wavelength. Orderwire over the SONET overhead is not available.
Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

4-18 Engineering rules

OPC definition
The operations controller (OPC) provides operations, administration,
maintenance and provisioning (OAM&P) functionality in an OPTera Long
Haul 1600 network. OPC capabilities include system administration, network
surveillance and software management.
An OPC has a span of control. A span of control consists of the OPTera Long
Haul 1600 NEs that can be directly controlled or monitored by a single OPC
(primary OPC only) or a pair of OPCs (primary and backup OPCs). Normally,
a span of control is monitored by a pair of OPCs.
The partitioned OPC (POPC) consists of three separate OPC circuit packs that
are installed together in the control shelf of an OPTera Long Haul 1600 NE.
The POPC is loaded with software that allows it to monitor OPTera Long Haul
1600 NEs.
The OPC controller circuit pack installed in the control shelf communicates
with the maintenance interface circuit pack, the OPC storage circuit pack and
the OPC interface circuit pack, as seen in Figure 4-11 on page 4-19.
Maximum number of NEs in a span of control
The maximum number of NEs in a single OPTera Long Haul 1600 span of
control is 34. The maximum number of terminals in a single span of control is
24. The maximum number of NEs in a DCC network is 150. The NEs can be
interconnected through the data communication channel (DCC) or Ethernet.
All of the nodes in a DCC network are visible to the OPCs because of the
Network Name Service. The Network Name Service is a database on the OPC
that stores network routing information and is updated whenever a NE is
removed or added to the system.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Engineering rules 4-19


Figure 4-11
Communication between the partitioned OPC (POPC) and other circuit packs in the NE
OTP0239.eps

MI

SC

OPC-C

OPC-S

OPC-I

Circuit
Pack

MX G1

MX G2

Circuit
Pack

Circuit
Pack

Circuit pack equipped with a processor (TCS)

The OC-12, OC-48, OC-192 and OPTera Long Haul 1600 NEs require their
own OPCs. The OPTera Long Haul 1600 NEs must be in a different OPC span
of control from OC-12, OC-48 or OC-192 NEs. The primary and backup OPCs
in the OPTera Long Haul 1600 span of control must be located at opposite ends
of the optical line in NEs that are configured in their span of control. This
ensures that all NEs will still be visible in the event of a communication failure.
Communication between the POPC and other NEs through optical fiber
The OPC controller circuit pack exchanges OAM&P messages with NEs
through the OSC. The OSC reproduces the SONET section and line DCC
information embedded in the SONET overhead of the optical traffic.
At the receiving NE, the OSC optical signal is received by the OSC circuit pack
and DCC information is processed. The DCC then travels over GraceLAN to
the message exchange circuit pack, then over the multi-master serial bus
(MMSB) to the shelf controller. The shelf controller receives the information,
or retransmits the information downstream by way of the OSC DCC to the
adjacent NE.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

4-20 Engineering rules

Communication between the partitioned OPC (POPC) and independent


networks over the Ethernet DCC bridge
An Ethernet DCC bridge permits OAM&P messages to be exchanged between
OPTera Long Haul 1600 networks that are not connected by optical fiber but
have NEs at the same site.
For example, two independent OPTera Long Haul 1600 networks (see Figure
4-12), each with one NE at a common site, can be connected with an Ethernet
DCC bridge. The two independent networks are controlled by the same OPC
and are in the same span of control because OAM&P messages can travel
through the Ethernet DCC bridge.
The maintenance interface circuit pack is equipped with three 10Base-T
Ethernet ports on its faceplate. The maintenance interface Ethernet ports allow
DCC bridging between adjacent OPTera Long Haul 1600 NEs.
Figure 4-12
Ethernet DCC bridge

NT22K08AA08 1600ASDF

NTCA42AA08 1600ASDF

NTCA42AA08 1600ASDF

NT22K08AA08 1600ASDF

OTP0240.eps

Ethernet
DCC bridge

SC

MI

Network element 1

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

NT22K08AA08 1600ASDF

1234567890

SC

MI
NT22K08AA08 1600ASDF

MI

SC

Ethernet
backplane
connection

Ethernet
faceplate
connection

MI

Network element 2

1234567890

Ethernet
backplane
connection

SC

Engineering rules 4-21

Location of the partitioned OPC (POPC) in a network


The purpose of the OPC is to provide a centralized view and control point for
the NEs that are contained within its span of control. Therefore, it is best for
OPCs to be located near VT100-compatible terminals or workstations.
Because the OPC storage circuit pack uses a removable media for data backups
and software upgrades, the primary OPC should be located in an accessible
site.
Although a configuration can function with a primary OPC only, it is
recommended that a configuration have a primary and backup OPC for
maximum protection against system failures.
One span of control: OPTera Long Haul 1600 system rules
In an OPTera Long Haul 1600 system with one span of control, the OPCs are
normally mounted in NEs at opposite ends of the network. This configuration
is the most reliable for all system failures.
In the worst case, a fiber cut or equipment failure could partition the span into
two subsystems, each under the control of one OPC (primary or backup). The
backup OPC automatically becomes active to control all network elements up
to the failure partition from its end. In this case, no network elements are
isolated from an OPC.
Multiple spans of control: OPTera Long Haul 1600 system rules
Because the maximum number of NEs in a single OPTera Long Haul 1600
span of control is 34, multiple spans of control are often necessary.
To optimize the placement of the OPCs in networks with multiple spans of
control, a planner must consider the following system characteristics:
Locate the OPCs on NEs within the span of control
The OPC can be located in a NE that is not in the span of control. To optimize
performance, this must be avoided if possible, as it increases the length of the
communication channel.
Equalize the size of spans of control
To optimize performance, it is recommended that NEs in an OPTera Long Haul
1600 network with multiple spans of control be split into equally sized spans
of control. It is also recommended to avoid one span of control operating near
capacity and the other containing few NEs. It is better to rearrange the spans
of control so that both have an equal number of NEs.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

4-22 Engineering rules

Second extension shelf equipping rules


If a total capacity of more than 16 Wavelength Translators or regenerators is
expected, the mechanical bay assembly with both first and second extension
shelves (NTCA89GC) must be deployed. OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5
supports the second extension shelf with the following restrictions:
All empty slots must have NTCA49AA filler circuit packs.
The environmental control panel (NTCA85CA) must be installed and
equipped with the NTCA85DA fan modules. (These elements are provided
with the NTCA89GC mechanical bay assembly.)
No alarming is provided for the second extension shelf.
A future OPTera Long Haul 1600 software release will fully support the
second extension shelf to offer up to 30 Wavelength Translators or
regenerators.

Circuit pack equipping rules


G-naming and pairing rules prevent the introduction of future multi-function
hardware either in the dual or quad circuit pack footprint. The rules are as
follows:
a two circuit pack pairing of the 2.5G WT in the Repeater bay G4 through
G19 to provide the 2.5 Gbit/s WT bidirectional capability
a two circuit pack pairing of the 10G WT in the Repeater bay G4 through
G19 to provide the 10 Gbit/s WT bidirectional capability
a two circuit pack pairing of OC-192/STM-64 XR in the Repeater bay G4
through G19 to provide the 10 Gbit/s XR bidirectional capability
Note: G-naming is related to the slot number in the Repeater shelves.
G-naming starts at G0 and ends at G9 in the main shelf. In the optional
extension G-naming starts at G10 and ends at G19.
G-naming and pairing boundaries
This section describes G-naming for the slots of the main and optional
extension shelf and the pairing rules for the following circuit packs:
2.5G WT
10G WT
OC-192/STM-64 XR
MOR Plus amplifiers
MOR Plus/1625 nm OSC amplifiers
See Figure 4-13 on page 4-24 and Figure 4-14 on page 4-24.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Engineering rules 4-23


WT and XR circuit packs

The Repeater bay supports pairs of the 2.5G WT circuit pack, pairs of the 10G
WT circuit pack, and pairs of the OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit pack as follows:
three pairs in the main shelf from G4 through G9 (G4/G5, G6/G7, G8/G9),
five pairs in the optional extension shelf from G10 through G19 (G10/G11,
G12/G13, G14/G15, G16/G17, G18/G19)
Note: OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 supports only the 2.5G WT
circuit pack.
MOR Plus amplifier and 1625 nm OSC amplifier

The OPTera bay supports MOR Plus amplifier pairs in slots G0 through G3 of
the main shelf only. Slot 2 (G1) and slot 4 (G3) support either the MOR Plus
amplifier or the MOR Plus/1625 OSC amplifier.
General

The Red Post/Blue Pre MOR Plus circuit pack can be equipped in slots 2
and 3 (G1 and G2).
The Red Pre/Blue Post MOR Plus circuit pack can be equipped in slots 1
and 4 (G0 and G3).
For single fiber systems that require bidirectional OSC, slots G1 and G3
can be replaced with NTCA11Cx (1625 nm OSC) circuit packs .
One pair of MOR Plus or MOR Plus/1625 nm OSC modules is required
when used at a terminal facility:
G0 and G1 for westbound OSC
G2 and G3 for eastbound OSC
Note: Westbound and eastbound indicate the direction of the optical line.

MOR Plus MSA pairing (line applications)


Working fiber: G0 for MSA Red Post/Blue Pre and G2 for MSA Red
Pre/Blue Post
Protection fiber: G1 for MSA Red Pre/Blue Post and G3 for MSA Red
Post/Blue Pre
Figure 4-15 on page 4-25 shows slots supporting MOR Plus amplifiers.
If an OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater system is deployed using two fibers
(each carrying the same traffic but in opposite directions) the MOR Plus slot
assignment must follow predefined pairing rules. For MOR Plus configuration
examples in a two-fiber DWDM link, see the following figures:
Figure 4-16 on page 4-26
Figure 4-17 on page 4-27

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

4-24 Engineering rules


Figure 4-13
G-pairing rules for the main shelf
OTP0033.eps

G4

G5

10

Main
Shelf

Note: This pairing rule is valid for the 2.5G WT, 10G WT
and OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit packs.

Figure 4-14
G-pairing rules for the optional extension shelf
OTP0034.eps

G10

G11

10

Optional
Extension
Shelf

Note: This pairing rule is valid for the 2.5G WT, 10G WT
and OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit packs.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Engineering rules 4-25


Figure 4-15
Slots supporting MOR Plus amplifiers
OTP0032.eps

1
G0

10

G1

G2

G3

G4

G5

G6

G7

G8

G9
Main
Shelf

10

G10

G11

G12

G13

G14

G15

G16

G17

G18

G19
Optional
Extension
Shelf

Legend
- Slots supporting MOR Plus

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

4-26 Engineering rules


Figure 4-16
MOR Plus two-fiber DWDM link in Pre/Post configuration
OTP0158.eps

RedPre/BluePost

RedPost/BluePre
1510 OSC
Tx

1510 OSC
Rx

Optical line

Working
fiber
Westbound

MOR Plus G2

MOR Plus G0

RedPre/BluePost

RedPost/BluePre
1510 OSC
Tx

1510 OSC
Tx

Protection
fiber
Eastbound

Optical line

MOR Plus G3

Protection
fiber
Westbound

MOR Plus G1

Two-fiber DWDM link

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

To/From PBA couplers

To/From PBA couplers

Working
fiber
Eastbound

Engineering rules 4-27


Figure 4-17
MOR Plus two-fiber DWDM link configuration in MSA configuration with optical components
OTP0159.eps

Red MSAPre/Blue MSAPost

Red MSAPost/Blue MSAPre

1510 nm OSC
Rx
Working
fiber
Westbound

1510 nm OSC
Rx
Working
fiber
Eastbound

Optical components

MOR Plus G0

MOR Plus G2

Red MSAPre/Blue MSAPost

Red MSAPost/Blue MSAPre


1510 nm OSC
Rx
Protection
fiber
Westbound

1510 nm OSC
Rx
Protection
fiber
Eastbound

Optical components

MOR Plus G1

MOR Plus G3
Two-fiber DWDM link

Power Optimizer interworking


OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 software baseline is OC-192 Release
7.0 and TN64X Release 2.0. OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 consists of
an in-service (IS) load designed for early provisioning and commissioning.
Release 1.5 is the official ready-to-manufacture (RTM) load supporting all
functionality including the 2.5G WT, 10G WT, OC-192/STM-64 XR and
MOR Plus enhancements. The newly introduced MOR Plus power optimizer
(PO) enhancements include: channel autodiscovery, channel provisioning
propagation, output power propagation and local locking of provisioning
information. See page 4-57 for limitations about OPTera Long Haul 1600
interworking. Table 4-1 shows PO software interworking schemes between
Nortel Networks products depending on the number of wavelengths
propagating in the system. Additional PO interoperability is possible without
propagation features and with corrected link budgets depending on each type
of network application.
Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

4-28 Engineering rules

TN-64X Rel 2

OC-192 Rel 6

Maximum number
of supported

OC-192 Rel 8

OPTera Long Haul 1600


Rel 2

OPTera Long Haul 1600


Rel 1.5

OC-192 Rel 7

OPTera Long Haul 1600


Rel 1.2

OC-192 Rel 6

TN-64X Rel 2

Software releases

OPTera Long Haul 1600


Rel 1.0 (OAS)

Table 4-1
Power Optimizer software interoperability

16
X

16

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Rel 1.0 (OAS)

16

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Rel 1.2

16

OC-192 Rel 7

32

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Rel 1.5

32

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Rel 2

32

OC-192 Rel 8

32

Deployment examples
A typical OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater system new-build deployment is
be similar to the one shown on Figure 4-18 on page 4-30. In this figure, the on
ramps 2.5G WT or 10G WT are deployed in a Repeater bay housing the MOR
Plus Red Post/Blue Pre site. The multiplexed 2.5G and 10G optical signals are
sent down the optical line towards a regeneration site, through a few line
amplifier sites. The regeneration site bay can be filled with 2.5G WT or 10G
WT circuit packs for a thin-SONET regeneration. The signal can then be
amplified along the way according to link budget specifications before
reaching the OFF ramp Repeater site.
The OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater can also be used in a scenario where an
existing OC-192/TN-64X system receives extra 2.5G WT or 10G WT input
channels at its ADM/LTE sites. As illustrated in the second drawing of Figure
4-18 on page 4-30, the input channels are multiplexed with the existing
OC-192/STM-64 signals and fed directly in the amplifiers. This deployment
example is useful in a situation where footprint density and fiber capacity
exhaust are limiting issues.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Engineering rules 4-29

The opposite situation is also possible. Figure 4-19 on page 4-31 describes an
OC-192/TN-64X span of control overlay onto an OPTera Long Haul 1600
system. This example shows 10-Gbit/s signal feeds from OC-192/TN-64X
bays being directly multiplexed with the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater
signals.
In Figure 4-20 on page 4-32, only one wavelength is shown for illustration
purposes. In this figure, the router uses the OPTera Long Haul 1600 network
to communicate to the other router. The router generates a 1310 nm signal that
is received by the Wavelength Translator (WT). The WT converts the 1310 nm
signal into the ITU-T grid so that it can be used by the OPTera Long Haul 1600
network elements. The wavelength undergoes amplification and regeneration
before it arrives at the far-end WT, where the wavelength is then translated and
transmitted to the router on the opposite end of the network. The same optical
path configuration can be achieved in 10-Gbit/s applications using the
10-Gbit/s WT.
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Wavelength Translators help carriers extend the
economic and capacity advantages of DWDM technology to a highly varied
mix of network element types and services.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

4-30 Engineering rules


Figure 4-18
Typical new-build network deployed with OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeaters NEs
OTP0042.eps

New Build Network

OPTera Long Haul 1600 SOC


Maximum of 7 OSC spans*

ON RAMP site
OPTera
Long Haul 1600
Repeaters

2.5G/10G DWDM
Regeneration site
OPTera Long Haul 1600 REPEATER
Amplifier sites
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeaters

MOR Plus
Pre

MOR Plus
Pre and Post

MOR Plus
Post
MOR Plus
MSA
Pre/Post

Amplifier sites
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeaters

MOR Plus
MSA
Pre/Post

2.5G/10G WT

ON RAMP site
OPTera
Long Haul 1600
Repeaters

MOR Plus
MSA
Pre/Post

MOR Plus
MSA
Pre/Post

2.5G/10G WT

2.5G/10G WT

* Note:This EXTERNAL COMM limitation is required to support sortware


download for upgrades when SDCC and LDCC is not available.
- Overlay Network
ON RAMP site
ADM/LTE

MOR/
MOR Plus
Post

OC-192/TN-64X SOC
Regeneration site
OC-192/TN-64
Regnerate Bay

Amplifier sites
OC-192/TN-64X LineAmp

LineAmp or
MSA Pre/Post

LineAmp or
MSA Pre/Post

MOR/
MOR Plus
Pre and Post

Amplifier sites
OC-192/TN-64X LineAmp

LineAmp or
MSA Pre/Post

2.5G/10G DWDM

LineAmp or
MSA Pre/Post

OFF RAMP site


ADM/LTE

MOR Plus
Pre

2.5G/10G DWDM

2.5G/
10G WT

2.5G/
10G WT

2.5G/
10G WT

OPTera
Long Haul 1600
REPEATER

OPTera Long Haul 1600


REPEATER

OPTera
Long Haul 1600
REPEATER

OPTera Long Haul 1600 SOC

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Engineering rules 4-31


Figure 4-19
OC-192/TN-64X SOC overlay onto OPTera Long Haul 1600 SOC
OTP0043.eps

- Overlay onto OPTera Long Haul 1600 1.x Network

OPTera Long Haul 1600 1.x SOC


Maximum of 7 OSC spans*

ON RAMP site
OPTera Long
Haul 1600
REPEATER

MOR Plus
Post

2.5G WT

Amplifier sites
OPTera Long Haul 1600 REPEATERS

MOR Plus
MSA
Pre/Post

MOR Plus
MSA
Pre/Post

2.5G/10G DWDM

Regeneration site
Amplifier sites
OPTera Long Haul 1600
OPTera Long Haul 1600 REPEATERS
REPEATERS

MOR Plus
Pre/Post

2.5G
WT

XR

MOR Plus
MSA
Pre/Post

MOR Plus
MSA
Pre/Post

2.5G/10G DWDM

10G
WT

ON RAMP site
OPTera Long
Haul 1600
REPEATER

MOR Plus
Pre

2.5G WT

10G feed

OC-192/TN-64X SOC

OC-192/TN-64X
ADM/LTE

*Note: This EXTERNAL COMM limitation is required to support software download for
upgrades when SDCC and LDCC is not available. The MOR Plus chain must
be at the same MOR Plus software baseline link budget engineering as specified
in the Optical SLAT and Upgrade Procedures, 323-1801-225.

OC-192/TN-64X
ADM/LTE

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

4-32 Engineering rules


Figure 4-20
ATM and OC-48c router as ON ramps input to 2.5G WT
OTP0025.eps

OPTera Long Haul 1600 SOC


OPTera Long
Haul 1600
2.5G 3R

OPTera Long
Haul 1600
2.5Gb/s DWDM

OPTera Long
Haul 1600
2.5Gb/s DWDM

2.5G 3R

2.5Gb/s DWDM

MOR Plus
MSA
Pre/Post

MOR Plus
Pre/Post

OPTera Long
Haul 1600
2.5G 3R

MOR Plus

MOR Plus
Pre/Post

"THIN" SONET
REGEN

2.5Gb/s
-Translator
On-Ramp

ATM

OC-48c/STM-16c
Router

2.5Gb/s
-Translator
On-Ramp

ATM

OC-48c/STM-16c
Router

Typical bay configurations


Examples of system configurations using OPTera Long Haul 1600 bays as
Repeaters
System configurations using bays configured as repeaters include the
following:
32-wavelength open interface configuration using 4 bays with 10G WT
32-wavelength regenerator configuration using 4 bays with 10G XR as
regenerator
8-wavelength bidirectional configuration with 3 bays over a single
fiber-optic link carrying unprotected traffic
8-wavelength bidirectional configurations with 3 bays over two fiber-optic
links carrying protected traffic

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Engineering rules 4-33

32-wavelength open interface using 4 OPTera Long Haul 1600 bays with
10G WT as a wavelength translator
Figure 4-22 on page 4-35 represents fiber interconnection in a west facing
open interface site. In this example, the 10G wavelengths are interfacing to a
router hub. Data is received on blue wavelengths, translated, routed, translated,
and then transmitted on red wavelengths.
The 4-bay layout in Figure 4-21 on page 4-34 shows the fiber routing in the
open interface configuration. Line fiber arrives into bay 1 through the MOR
Plus and then is routed to the optical DEMUX modules. The wavelengths are
separated and routed to the 10G translators (WT) on bay 1. The wavelengths
whose translators are on bays 2, 3, or 4 are routed through DWDM upgrade
fibers. After the data is translated, it is routed over fiber to the routers. The data
is then returned to the adjacent circuit pack where it is translated and then
transmitted over a new wavelength to the optical MUX modules. The
wavelengths are then recombined onto one fiber and then routed through the
MOR Plus and onto the line fiber. There is minimal bay-to-bay fiber routing in
this configuration. The majority of the fiber interconnections have been
contained within the bay.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5
FMT - Fiber Management Tray

Legend

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Bay 1 (West)

BluDM(9-12)/RedMX(912)

BluDM(13-16)/RedMX(1316)

BluDM(5-8)/RedMX(58)

OC1-92/STM-64 XR C4W

OC-192/STM-64 XR R4

MOR Plus 1-1


MOR Plus 1-2

OC-192/STM-64 XR R1
OC-192/STM-64 XR C1W

OC-192/STM-64 XR C2W
OC-192/STM-64 XR R3
OC-192/STM-64 XR C3W

DWDM
upgrade
2 fibers

BluDM(1-4)/RedMX(14)

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

OC1-92/STM-64 XR R5

Fiber X-bay channel

10

OC1-92/STM-64 XR C5W

Air Exhaust

OC1-92/STM-64 XR R6

OC-192/STM-64 XR R2

FMT (to Router, SLT 1-20)

OC1-92/STM-64 XR C6W

LCAP
FMT (Line)

OC1-92/STM-64 XR R7

Control Shelf

OC1-92/STM-64 XR C7W

Router
16 fibers

OC-192/STM-64 XR R8

32 OC192/STM64
Line fiber

OC-192/STM-64 XR C8W

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Bay 3 (East)

OC-192/STM-64 XR R14

OC-192/STM-64 XR C13W

OC-192/STM-64 XR R13

OC-192/STM-64 XR C12W

OC-192/STM-64 XR R12

OC-192/STM-64 XR R9
OC-192/STM-64 XR C9W
OC-192/STM-64 XR R10
OC-192/STM-64 XR C10W
OC-192/STM-64 XR R11
OC-192/STM-64 XR C11W

OC-192/STM-64 XR B1
OC-192/STM-64 XR C1E
OC-192/STM-64 XR B2
OC-192/STM-64 XR C2E
OC-192/STM-64 XR B3
OC-192/STM-64 XR C3E

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Bay 4 (East)

RedDM(13-16)/BluMX(13-16)

RedDM(9-12)/BluMX(9-12)

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Fiber X-bay channel

10

1
Air Exhaust

FMT (to Router, SLT 1-20)

LCAP
FMT (DWDM UPG)

OC-192/STM-64 XR B9
OC-192/STM-64 XR C9E
OC-192/STM-64 XR B10

Control Shelf

Note: XR designation is the Transmit channel. XR R1 is transmit Red 1 to Line facing West
receive Channel 1W from router. XR C1W is transmit Channel 1W to router receive Blue 1 from
Line facing West. Pairing: Slots 1/2, 3/4, 5/6, 7/8, and 9/10

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Bay 2 (West)

RedDM(1-4)/BluMX(1-4)

OC-192/STM-64 XR C14W

RedDM(5-8)/BluMX(5-8)

OC-192/STM-64 XR R15

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

OC-192/STM-64 XR C15W

Fiber X-bay channel

OC-192/STM-64 XR R16

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

10

OC-192/STM-64 XR C16W

Fiber X-bay channel

10

OC-192/STM-64 XR B4

OC-192/STM-64 XR B12

Air Exhaust

OC-192/STM-64 XR C4E

OC-192/STM-64 XR C12E

FMT (to Router, SLT 1-20)

OC-192/STM-64 XR B5

OC-192/STM-64 XR B13

Air Exhaust

OC-192/STM-64 XR C5E

OC-192/STM-64 XR C13E

FMT (to Router, SLT 1-20)

OC-192/STM-64 XR B6

OC-192/STM-64 XR B14

LCAP
FMT (DWDM UPG)

OC-192/STM-64 XR C6E

OC-192/STM-64 XR C14E

LCAP
FMT (DWDM UPG)

OC-192/STM-64 XR B7

OC-192/STM-64 XR B15

Control Shelf

OC-192/STM-64 XR C7E

OC-192/STM-64 XR C15E

Control Shelf

OC-192/STM-64 XR B8

OC-192/STM-64 XR B16

DWDM
2 fibers

OC-192/STM-64 XR C8E

OC-192/STM-64 XR C16E

OC-192/STM-64 XR C10E
OC-192/STM-64 XR B11
OC-192/STM-64 XR C11E

OTP0059.eps

Figure 4-21
Open interface, 32 wavelengths configuration in 4 bays
4-34 Engineering rules

Engineering rules 4-35


Figure 4-22
Open interface, 32 wavelengths, west facing
OTP0057.eps

XR
XR
XR
XR
XR
XR
XR
XR
XR
XR
XR
XR
XR
XR
XR
XR

MOR Plus

router router router router router router router router router router router router router router router router

XR
XR
XR
XR
XR
XR
XR
XR
XR
XR

XR
XR
XR
XR
XR
XR

Legend
- Red wavelength
- Blue wavelength

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

4-36 Engineering rules

32-wavelength regenerator configuration using 4 OPTera Long Haul 1600


bays with 10G XR as a regenerator
The schematic Figure 4-24 on page 4-38 represents fiber interconnection in a
32-wavelength regenerator site. Blue wavelengths are travelling westbound,
while red wavelengths are travelling eastbound.
The 4-bay layout Figure 4-23 on page 4-37 shows the bay layout in the
regenerator configuration. Line fiber arrives into bay 1 through the MOR Plus
and is routed to the optical DEMUX modules where the wavelengths are
separated and routed to the 10G regenerators (XR) on bay 1. The data is
electrically regenerated and then optically transmitted to the optical MUX
modules, where the wavelengths are recombined onto one fiber and then
routed through the MOR Plus and onto the optical line. Again, there is minimal
bay-to-bay fiber routing. The majority of the fiber interconnections have been
contained within the bay.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5
RB 2 (W+P)

RD/BM 2 P (8) R1, 3, 9, 15

BD/RM 2 P (8) B5, 11, 13, 15

RD/BM 1 P (8) R5, 7, 11, 13

BD/RM 1 P (8) B1, 3, 7, 9

RB 1 (W+P)

BD/RM 2 W (8) B5, 11, 13, 15

BD/RM 1 W (8) B1, 3, 7, 9

RB 3 (W+P)

RD/BM 3 P (8) R6, 12, 2, 4

BD/RM 3 P (8) B2, 8, 4, 6

BD/RM 3 W (8) B2, 8, 4, 6

RB 4 (W+P)

RD/BM 3 P (8) R8, 10, 14, 16

BD/RM 3 P (8) B10, 12, 14, 16

BD/RM 3 W (8) B10, 12, 14, 16

RD/BM 3 W (8) R8, 10, 14, 16

Air Intake / Fiber X-bay channel

10

RD/BM 3 W (8) R6, 12, 2, 4

OC-192/STM-64 XR R15 W

OC-192/STM-64 XR B9 P

RD/BM 2 W (8) R1, 3, 9, 15

OC-192/STM-64 XR B15W

OC-192/STM-64 XR R13 P

RD/BM 1 W (8) R5, 7, 11, 13

OC-192/STM-64 XR R1 P

OC-192/STM-64 XR B7 P

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

OC-192/STM-64 XR B5 P

OC-192/STM-64 XR R11 P

Air Intake / Fiber X-bay channel

OC-192/STM-64 XR R3 P

OC-192/STM-64 XR B3 P

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

OC-192/STM-64 XR B11 P

OC-192/STM-64 XR R7 P

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

OC-192/STM-64 XR R9 P

OC-192/STM-64 XR B1 P

Air Intake / Fiber X-bay channel

OC-192/STM-64 XR B13 P

OC-192/STM-64 XR R5 P

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

OC-192/STM-64 XR R15 P

OC-192/STM-64 XR B9 W

Air Intake / Fiber X-bay channel

10

10

10

OC-192/STM-64 XR B15 P

OC-192/STM-64 XR R13 W

MOR Plus 1-1 W


MOR Plus 2-1 P
MOR Plus 1-2 W
MOR Plus 2-2 P
OC-192/STM-64 XR R5 W
OC-192/STM-64 XR B1 W
OC-192/STM-64 XR R7 W
OC-192/STM-64 XR B3 W
OC-192/STM-64 XR R11 W
OC-192/STM-64 XR B7 W

OC-192/STM-64 XR R1 W
OC-192/STM-64 XR B5 W
OC-192/STM-64 XR R3 W
OC-192/STM-64 XR B11 W
OC-192/STM-64 XR R9 W
OC-192/STM-64 XR B13 W

Air Exhaust

OC-192/STM-64 XR R4 W

OC-192/STM-64 XR R2 W

Fiber Management Tray (FMT)

OC-192/STM-64 XR B6W

Air Exhaust

OC-192/STM-64 XR R6 P

OC-192/STM-64 XR R6 W
OC-192/STM-64 XR B2 W
OC-192/STM-64 XR R12 W
OC-192/STM-64 XR B8 W

Fiber Management Tray (FMT)

OC-192/STM-64 XR B2 P

Air Exhaust

OC-192/STM-64 XR R12 P

Fiber Management Tray (FMT)

OC-192/STM-64 XR B8 P

Air Exhaust

OC-192/STM-64 XR R2 P

Fiber Management Tray (FMT)

OC-192/STM-64 XR B4 P

OC-192/STM-64 XR B4 W

LCAP
Fiber Management Tray (FMT)

OC-192/STM-64 XR R4 P

OC-192/STM-64 XR R8 W
OC-192/STM-64 XR B10 W
OC-192/STM-64 XR R10 W

Air Intake

OC-192/STM-64 XR B6 P

LCAP
Fiber Management Tray (FMT)

OC-192/STM-64 XR R16 W

Air Intake

OC-192/STM-64 XR B16W

LCAP
Fiber Management Tray (FMT)

OC-192/STM-64 XR R8 P

Air Intake

OC-192/STM-64 XR B10 P

LCAP
Fiber Management Tray (FMT)

OC-192/STM-64 XR R10 P

Air Intake

OC-192/STM-64 XR B12 P

OC-192/STM-64 XR B12 W

Control Shelf

OC-192/STM-64 XR R14 P

Control Shelf

OC-192/STM-64 XR B14 P

Control Shelf

OC-192/STM-64 XR R16 P

Control Shelf

OC-192/STM-64 XR B16 P

OC-192/STM-64 XR R14 W
OC-192/STM-64 XR B14 W

OTP0061.eps

Figure 4-23
32-wavelength regenerator in 4 bays
Engineering rules 4-37

4-38 Engineering rules


Figure 4-24
32-wavelength regenerator configuration
OTP0060.eps

MOR Plus

NTCA10CX

NTCA10EX

NTCA12CA

Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx

Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx

Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx

Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx

Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx

Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx

Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx

Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx

Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx

Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx

Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx

Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx

Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx

Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx

Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx

Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx

NTCA12EX

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

MOR Plus

NTCA10DX

NTCA10FX

NTCA12DX

NTCA12FX

Engineering rules 4-39

8-wavelength bidirectional configuration using 3 OPTera Long Haul 1600


bays over a single fiber-optic link carrying unprotected traffic
See Figure 4-25, Overall view: Single fiber system with 16 wavelengths
bidirectional and 1625/1510 nm OSC on page 4-40.
This figure captures all the networking applications provided by OPTera Long
Haul 1600 Release 1.2 and 1.5. Network element 1 (NE1) and NE3 are
terminal sites where incoming signals from the subtending equipment are
multiplexed and sent down the line, and where outgoing signals from the
optical link are demultiplexed and sent to the subtending equipment. This
configuration includes 16 bidirectional wavelengths but the release supports a
maximum of 32 wavelengths. All amplifier stages are described and NE2 acts
as a line amplifier site. OPTera Long Haul 1600 supports all fiber types. If
required, the signal propagating in a link can be regenerated at a regenerator
site: the thin SONET/SDH regenerator site.
All of these sites are described in the following figures, with respective circuit
packs slot allocation:
Figure 4-26, NE1 Red Post Site: Single fiber configuration with 8
wavelengths, bidirectional on page 4-41
Figure 4-27, NE2 line amplifier site using mid-stage access (MSA) MOR
Plus on page 4-42
Figure 4-28, NE2: Thin SONET/SDH regenerator site on page 4-43.
Figure 4-29, NE3 Blue Post Site: Single fiber configuration with 16
wavelengths on page 4-44.
Note: To achieve bidirectional OSC communication in a single fiber
system, a 1625 nm OSC circuit pack is required to provide a 1625-nm
communication channel propagating in the opposite direction of the
1510 nm OSC built into the MOR Plus circuit pack.
For full SONET/SDH signal regeneration, the Repeater bay can be configured
as a regenerator using the OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit packs. This
configuration is very useful for high-capacity regeneration of up to eight
10 Gbit/s bidirectional signals in one single bay. See Figure 4-30 on page 4-45.
Note: The OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit pack is only supported in OPTera
Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

= Receiver

Rx

= Optical link (fiber)

From
Tx Port
1625 nm
OSC

From
To
Rx Port Tx Port
1625 nm 1625 nm
OSC
OSC
Blue Pre

NE 2

NE 2

or

DCM or
OADM
MSA
Blue Pre

Blue Post

8 Blue
WT
Thin regen
mode

8 Red
WT
Thin regen
mode

2.5G WT
or
10G WT
or
OC-192/
STM-64 XR

Red Post

Red Pre

Blue Pre

To
Rx Port
1625 nm
OSC

NE 3

8 Blue
ON ramp

8 Red
OFF ramp

2.5G WT
or
10G WT
or
OC-192/
STM-64 XR

NE Repeater Blue Post site

From
To
Rx Port Tx Port
1625 nm 1625 nm
OSC
OSC
Blue Post

Thin SONET/SDH regenerator site

MSA
Blue Post

Fixed pad
or

DCM or
OADM

MSA
MSA
Fixed pad
Red Post
Red Pre
or

Red Pre

Red Post

=1550/1625 nm coupler

= Transmitter

8 Blue
OFF ramp

8 Red
ON ramp

2.5G WT
or
10G WT
or
OC-192/
STM-64 XR

Tx

Legend

To OC-48,
OC-192 SONET
or STM-16, STM-64
SDH subtending
equipment

From
OC-48 or
OC-192 SONET
or STM-16 or
STM-64 SDH
subtending
equipment
Red MUX
Blue DMUX

NE Repeater Line Amp Site

Red DMUX
Blue MUX

NE 1

Red MUX

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5
Blue DMUX

Red DMUX
Blue MUX

NE Repeater Red Post site

From
OC-48 or
OC-192 SONET
or STM-16 or
STM-64 SDH
subtending
equipment

To OC-48,
OC-192 SONET
or STM-16, STM-64
SDH subtending
equipment

4-40 Engineering rules

Figure 4-25
Overall view: Single fiber system with 16 wavelengths bidirectional and 1625/1510 nm OSC
OTP0088.eps

Engineering rules 4-41


Figure 4-26
NE1 Red Post Site: Single fiber configuration with 8 wavelengths, bidirectional

10 11

12

13 14 15

Filler circuit pack

Filler circuit pack

OW

PT

Filler circuit pack

PT

32 M SC

POP I

POP C

MX

POPS

MX

POPS

128M MI

Breaker filter

Filler circuit pack

Breaker filter

OTP0063.eps

16 17

Air Intake
LCAP

Red
Blue

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Blue
10

G19

Air intake/Cross channel

Filler panel

8 Blue
coming from
optical link

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Blue

G18
2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Red

G17
2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Blue

G16
2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Red

G15

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Red

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Blue

G9

Fan
2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Blue

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Blue

G14
2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Red

G13
2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Blue

G12

G8

Fan
2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Red

G11

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Red

G10

G7

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Red

G6

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Blue

G5

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Red

G4

1625 nm
eastbound OSC

G3

Fan

Working

G2
MOR Plus RedPost/
BluePre

G1
Filler circuit pack

G0

8 Blue
going to
subtending
equipment

8 Red
going to
optical link

Fiber Management Tray (FMT)


Air Exhaust

Filler circuit pack

8 Red
coming from
subtending
equipment

Fiber Management Tray (FMT)

10

Working

Red
Blue

PBA DWDM coupler (4 Red MUX/4 Blue DMUX)


Upgrade coupler (4 Red MUX/4 Blue DMUX)
PBA DWDM coupler (4 Blue MUX/4 Red DMUX)
Upgrade coupler (4 Blue MUX/4 Red DMUX)

Note : 2.5G WT systems do not require DCMs. 10G WT systems can require DCMs.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

1
2
3
G13

4
G14

5
6

G15

6
7

Fan

G16

Air intake/Cross channel

Filler faceplate

Filler faceplate

Note : 2.5G WT systems do not require DCMs.


10G WT systems can require DCMs.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5
Filler circuit pack
Filler circuit pack
Filler circuit pack
32 M SC
Filler circuit pack
Filler circuit pack
128M MI
MX
MX
Filler circuit pack
PT

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11
12
13 14 15

G7

G17

8
G8

G18

Filler circuit pack

Filler circuit pack

OW

PT

Breaker filter

Filler circuit pack

Filler circuit pack

Filler circuit pack

Filler circuit pack

Filler circuit pack

Breaker filter

Filler circuit pack

Fan
5
G6

Filler circuit pack

4
G5

Filler circuit pack

G12
G4

Filler circuit pack

G11
3

Filler circuit pack

2
G3

Filler circuit pack

G2

1625 nm
eastbound OSC

Red
Blue

Filler circuit pack

1
MOR Plus Red MSA
Post/Blue MSA Pre

G1

Filler circuit pack

G10
1625 nm
westbound OSC

G0

Filler circuit pack

East
3 Blue
MOR Plus Red MSA
Pre/Blue MSA Post

Working

Filler circuit pack

Filler circuit pack

4-42 Engineering rules

Figure 4-27
NE2 line amplifier site using mid-stage access (MSA) MOR Plus
OTP0064.eps

16 17

Fiber Management Tray (FMT)

LCAP

10

5 Blue

10

Working

Air Intake

Red
Blue

Fiber Management Tray (FMT)


Air Exhaust
G9

West
3 Red

Fan

G19

5 Blue

Red
Blue
G6
G7
G8
G9

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Red
2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Red
2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Red
2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Red
2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Red

6
7
8
9

G10
G11

1
2
3

Fan

G12
G13

3
4

MX
Filler circuit pack

8
9
10 11
12

4
5

G14
G15

5
G16

Fan

G17

PBA coupler (4 Red DMUX/4 Blue MUX)

Upgrade coupler (4 Red DMUX/4 Blue MUX)

13 14 15

G18

Filler circuit pack

Filler circuit pack

OW

PT

PT

MX

Filler circuit pack

128M MI

32 M SC
7

Filler circuit pack

Filler circuit pack


6

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Red

G5

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Red

Filler circuit pack


5

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Red

G4

OSC 1625 nm
East bound

Filler circuit pack

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Red

G3

MOR Plus Red Post/


Blue Pre

Breaker filter

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Red

G2

OSC 1625 nm
West bound

Breaker filter

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Red

G1

MOR Plus Red Pre/


Blue Post

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Red

G0

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Red

5 Blue
1

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Red

East
3 Blue

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Red

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Red

Engineering rules 4-43

Figure 4-28
NE2: Thin SONET/SDH regenerator site
OTP0089.eps

Air Intake

16 17

Fiber Management Tray (FMT)


Fiber Management Tray (FMT)

LCAP

Air Exhaust

10

G19

7
8
9
10

West

3 Red

Fan

5 Red

Air intake/Cross channel

Filler faceplate

Red
Blue

PBA coupler (4 Red MUX/4 Blue DMUX)

Upgrade coupler (4 Red MUX/4 Blue DMUX)

Note : 2.5G WT systems do not require DCMs.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

8 Blue
to optical
link

Red
Blue
1
4

Fan

G13
5

G14
G15

3
4
5
6

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Blue

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Red

G5

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Blue

Filler circuit pack


Filler circuit pack
32 M SC
Filler circuit pack
Filler circuit pack
128M MI
MX
MX
Filler circuit pack

4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11
12

G6

G16

Note : 2.5G WT systems do not require DCMs.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5
7

G7

Fan

G17

Working

PBA coupler (4 Red DMUX/4 Blue MUX)

Upgrade coupler (4 Red DMUX/4 Blue MUX)

PBA coupler (4 Red MUX/4 Blue DMUX)

Upgrade coupler (4 Red MUX/4 Blue DMUX)

13 14 15

G8

G18

Filler circuit pack

Filler circuit pack

OW

PT

PT

Filler circuit pack

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Blue

G12
G4

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Red

G3

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Blue

Breaker filter

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Red

3
2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Red

Breaker filter

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Blue

2
Filler circuit pack

G2

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Red

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Blue

2
2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Red

G11

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Blue

1
Filler circuit pack

G1

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Red

G10
OSC 1625 nm
West bound

G0

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Blue

MOR Plus Red Pre/


Blue Post

8 Red
from
optical link

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Red

4-44 Engineering rules

Figure 4-29
NE3 Blue Post Site: Single fiber configuration with 16 wavelengths
OTP0090.eps

16 17

Air Intake

Fiber Management Tray (FMT)


Fiber Management Tray (FMT)
Air Exhaust

LCAP

G9

7
8
9
10

Fan

G19

8 Red
going to
subtending
equipment

8 Blue
coming
from
subtending
equipment

10

Air intake/Cross channel

Filler faceplate
Working

Red
Blue

Engineering rules 4-45


Figure 4-30
10 Gbit/s regenerator site using the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater bay

10 11

12

13 14 15

PT

Filler circuit pack

PT

Filler circuit pack

BOPI

OW

MX

MX

128M MI

Filler circuit pack

Filler circuit pack

32 M SC

BOPC

Breaker filter

POPS

Breaker filter

OTP0086.eps

16 17

Air Intake
LCAP

10

Fan

5 Red
West

G19
East
OC-192/STM-64 XR

West

OC-192/STM-64 XR

East
OC-192/STM-64 XR

G18

West
OC-192/STM-64 XR

G17

East
OC-192/STM-64 XR

G16

West
OC-192/STM-64 XR

G15

East
OC-192/STM-64 XR

G14

West
OC-192/STM-64 XR

G13

East
3 Red
West

East
OC-192/STM-64 XR

Fan
G12

G9

West
OC-192/STM-64 XR

G8

East
OC-192/STM-64 XR

G7

East
OC-192/STM-64 XR

Working

OC-192/STM-64 XR

5 Blue

G11

G6

Fan
G10

G5

OC-192/STM-64 XR

G4

West

G3

East
OC-192/STM-64 XR

G2

1625 nm
eastband
OSC
OC-192/STM-64 XR

G1

MOR Plus Red Post/


Blue Pre

West
3 Blue

MOR Plus Red Pre/


Blue Post

G0

1625 nm
westband
OSC

Fiber Management Tray (FMT)


Fiber Management Tray (FMT)
Air Exhaust

10

Working

Air intake/Cross channel


Red
Blue

Filler panel

Red
Blue

PBA coupler (4 Red DMUX/4 Blue MUX)


Upgrade coupler (4 Red DMUX/4 Blue MUX)
PBA coupler (4 Red MUX/4 Blue DMUX)
Upgrade coupler (4 Red MUX/4 Blue DMUX)

Note: For the OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit pack, the terminology


is not ON ramp and OFF ramp. It is eastbound and westbound.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

4-46 Engineering rules

8-wavelength bidirectional configuration using 3 OPTera Long Haul 1600


bays over two fiber-optic links carrying protected traffic
See the following figures:
Figure 4-31, Overall view of an 8-wavelength bidirectional system
carrying working traffic on page 4-48
Figure 4-32, Overall view of an 8-wavelength bidirectional system
carrying protected traffic on page 4-49
These figures introduce a protected model of the preceding configuration
example (Figure 4-25 on page 4-40), using 8 bidirectional wavelengths
carrying the working signals and 8 other bidirectional wavelengths carrying
the protected signals. The Red wavelengths are propagating in the East
direction in the working system and in the West direction in the protected
system. The opposite is valid for the Blue wavelengths. This protected system
requires the same equipment as the unprotected one but with less capacity for
each fiber. All the NEs described in Figure 4-31 and Figure 4-32 are detailed
in the following figures:
Figure 4-33, NE1 Red Post Site for working fiber and Blue Post site for
protection fiber on page 4-50
Figure 4-34, NE2 line amplifier site using MSA MOR Plus for working
and protection fibers on page 4-51
Figure 4-35, NE2 Thin SONET/SDH regeneration working and
protection site as an alternative on page 4-52
Figure 4-33, NE1 Red Post Site for working fiber and Blue Post site for
protection fiber on page 4-50.
Figure 4-34, NE2 line amplifier site using MSA MOR Plus for working
and protection fibers on page 4-51.
Figure 4-35, NE2 Thin SONET/SDH regeneration working and
protection site as an alternative on page 4-52
Figure 4-37, NE3 Blue Post Site for working fiber and Red Post Site for
protection fiber on page 4-54
The conventional way to provide protection in an OPTera Long Haul 1600
system is to duplicate the circuit packs and wavelength allocation plan
deployed in the working system. One fiber carries the working channels. The
other fiber carries the protected channels. To provide bidirectionality, the
direction of propagation of the working bands must be reversed in the
protection fiber. See Figure 4-36 on page 4-53.
In a bidirectional fully protected system it is recommended to use the same
wavelengths for both working and protection fibers. To achieve
bidirectionality, it is required to reverse the direction of propagation of each
wavelength in the protection fiber only.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Engineering rules 4-47

Therefore, at a regenerator site, DWDM couplers must be the same for the
working fiber and the protection fiber. This requirement explains the
duplication of the PBA couplers in Figure 4-35 on page 4-52.
Note: The 1625-nm OSC channel is not required in a 2-fiber configuration
when 1 fiber carries working traffic and the other carries protection traffic.
The 1510-nm built-in OSC is sufficient to achieve bidirectional service
communication because one 1510 nm travels in the working fiber and the
other 1510 nm travels in the protection fiber. The 1510-nm OSCs do not
interfere with one another.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

= Receiver

Rx

= Optical link (fiber)

= Transmitter

4 Blue
OFF ramp

Tx

Legend

To OC48,
OC192 SONET
or STM16, STM64
SDH subtending
equipment

4 Red
ON ramp

2.5G WT or
10G WT or
OC-192/
STM-64 XR

Red MUX
Blue DMUX

From
OC-48 or
OC-192 SONET
or
STM-16 or
STM-64 SDH
subtending
equipment

NE 1

Blue Pre

Red Post

NE 2

NE 2

or

DCM or
OADM

Fixed pad
or

DCM or
OADM

Fixed pad
or

Blue
MSA
Pre

Red
MSA
Post

Blue Post

Red Pre

4 Blue
WT
Thin regen
mode

4 Red
WT
Thin regen
mode

2.5G WT
or 10G WT
or OC-192/
STM-64 XR

Red Post

Thin SONET/SDH regenerator site

Blue
MSA
Post

Red
MSA
Pre

NE Repeater Line Amp Site

Red DMUX
Blue MUX

NE Repeater Red Post site

Red MUX

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5
Blue Pre

Blue DMUX

NE 3

Blue Post

Red Pre

4 Blue
ON ramp

4 Red
OFF ramp

2.5G WT
or 10G WT
or OC-192/
STM-64 XR

NE Repeater Blue Post site

Red DMUX
Blue MUX

Working s

From
OC-48 or
OC-192 SONET
or
STM-16 or
STM-64 SDH
subtending
equipment

To OC-48,
OC-192 SONET
or STM-16, STM-64
SDH subtending
equipment

4-48 Engineering rules

Figure 4-31
Overall view of an 8-wavelength bidirectional system carrying working traffic
OTP0087.eps

= Receiver

Rx

= Optical link (fiber)

= Transmitter

4 Red
OFF ramp

2.5G WT or
10G WT
or
OC-192/
STM-64 XR
4 Blue
ON ramp

Tx

Legend

To OC-48,
OC-192 SONET
or STM-16, STM-64
SDH subtending
equipment

From
OC-48 or
OC-192 SONET
or STM-16 or
STM-64 SDH
subtending
equipment

Red Pre

Blue Post

Red DMUX

NE 2

or

DCM or
OADM

Fixed pad
or

DCM or
OADM

Fixed pad
or

Red
MSA
Pre

Blue
MSA
Post

Red Post

Blue Pre

4 Red
WT
Thin regen
mode

4 Blue
WT
Thin regen
mode

2.5G WT or
10G WT
or OC-192/
STM-64 XR

Blue Post

Thin SONET/SDH regenerator site

Red
MSA
Post

Blue
MSA
Pre

NE 2
NE Repeater Line Amp Site

Blue DMUX
Red MUX

Blue MUX

NE Repeater Red Post site

Protection s

Blue MUX

Red Pre

Red DMUX

NE 3

Red Post

Blue Pre

4 Red
ON ramp

4 Blue
OFF ramp

2.5G WT or
10G WT
or OC-192/
STM-64 XR

NE Repeater Blue Post Site

Blue DMUX
Red MUX

NE 1

From
OC-48 or
OC-192 SONET
or
STM-16 or
STM-64 SDH
subtending
equipment

To OC-48,
OC-192 SONET
or STM-16, STM-64
SDH subtending
equipment

Engineering rules 4-49

Figure 4-32
Overall view of an 8-wavelength bidirectional system carrying protected traffic
OTP0091.eps

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

4-50 Engineering rules


Figure 4-33
NE1 Red Post Site for working fiber and Blue Post site for protection fiber

MX

POPI

PT

10 11

12

13 14 15

PT

Filler circuit pack

MX

Filler circuit pack

128M MI

OW

Filler circuit pack

Filler circuit pack

32 M SC

POPC

Breaker filter

POPS

Breaker filter

OTP0082.eps

Working

Protection

Red
Blue

Blue
Red

16 17

Air Intake
LCAP
Fiber Management Tray (FMT)
Fiber Management Tray (FMT)
Air Exhaust
G0

G1

G2

G3

G4

G5

G6

G7

G8

G9

Fan
G10

G11

Fan
G12

G13

G14

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Blue

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Red

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Blue

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Red

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Blue

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Red

Filler circuit pack

MOR Plus Red Post/


Blue Pre

Filler circuit pack

MOR Plus Red Pre/


Blue Post

East 3 Red Working

10

Fan
G15

G16

G17

G18

West 3 Blue Working

G19

East 1 Red Working

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Blue

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Blue

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Blue

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Blue

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Blue

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Blue
3

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Blue

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Blue

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Blue

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Blue

West 1 Blue Working


East 4 Blue Protection

West 4 Red Protection

10

Air intake/Cross channel

Note 1: 2.5G WT systems


do not require DCMs.

Filler faceplate

Note 2: 10G WT systems


can require DCMs.

PBA DWDM coupler (4 Red MUX/4 Blue DMUX)


PBA DWDM coupler (4 Blue MUX/4 Red DMUX)

Empty
Empty

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Legend
= Working
= Protection

Engineering rules 4-51


Figure 4-34
NE2 line amplifier site using MSA MOR Plus for working and protection fibers

32 M SC

Filler circuit pack

Filler circuit pack

128M MI

MX

MX

Filler circuit pack

10 11

12

13 14 15

Filler circuit pack

Filler circuit pack

Filler circuit pack

Filler circuit pack

OW

Filler circuit pack

Red
Blue

PT

Breaker filter

Working

PT

Breaker filter

OTP0083.eps

Red
Blue

16 17

Air Intake

Protection

Working

Protection

LCAP
Fiber Management Tray (FMT)

Note 2: 10G WT
systems can require
DCMs.

Fan

G18

Filler circuit pack

G17

Filler circuit pack

G16

Filler circuit pack


5

West 4 Red
working

10

Fan
G15

Filler circuit pack

G14

Filler circuit pack

Filler circuit pack

Filler circuit pack

Filler circuit pack

Note 1: 2.5G WT
systems do not require
DCMs or DWDMs.

G9

Fan
East 4 Red
protection

G8

Filler circuit pack

G13

G7

Blue
Red

G19

West 4 Blue
Protection

Filler circuit pack

G12

G6

Filler circuit pack

MOR Plus Red MSA Pre/


Blue MSA Post

G11

G5

Filler circuit pack

MOR Plus Red MSA Post/


Blue MSA Pre

G10

G4

Filler circuit pack

G3

Filler circuit pack

G2

Filler circuit pack

G1

Filler circuit pack

G0

MOR Plus Red MSA Post/


Blue MSA Pre

East 4 Blue
working

Fiber Management Tray (FMT)


Air Exhaust

MOR Plus Red MSA Pre/


Blue MSA Post

Blue
Red

10

Air intake/Cross channel

Filler faceplate

Legend
= Working

Filler faceplate

= Protection

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

1
2
3
4
G8
G9

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Blue
2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Blue
2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Blue

10 11
12

G10
G11
G12
G13
G14

4
5

5
6

G15
G16

6
7

Fan

Air intake/Cross channel

Filler faceplate

PBA coupler (4 Red DMUX/4 Blue MUX)

PBA coupler (4 Red MUX/4 Blue DMUX)

PBA coupler (4 Red MUX/4 Blue DMUX)

PBA coupler (4 Red DMUX/4 Blue MUX)

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5
G17
8

13 14 15

G18

Filler circuit pack

Filler circuit pack

OW

PT

PT

Filler circuit pack

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Red

G7

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Blue

G6

MX

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Red

G5

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Blue

Filler circuit pack

MX

32 M SC

128M MI

Filler circuit pack

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Blue

G4

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Blue

Filler circuit pack

Filler circuit pack

Filler circuit pack

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Red

G3

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Blue

Breaker filter

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Blue

G2

MOR Plus Red MSA Pre/


Blue MSA Post

Blue
Red

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Red

G1

MOR Plus Red MSA Post/


Blue MSA Pre

4 Protection
Red
1

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Blue

Fan

G0

MOR Plus Red MSA Post/


Blue MSA Pre

West
4 Working
Blue

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Blue

Working

Breaker filter

Protection

MOR Plus Red MSA Pre/


Blue MSA Post

Red
Blue

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Red

4-52 Engineering rules

Figure 4-35
NE2 Thin SONET/SDH regeneration working and protection site as an alternative
OTP0084.eps

Air Intake

16 17

Fiber Management Tray (FMT)


Fiber Management Tray (FMT)
Air Exhaust

G19

8
9
10

Working

Red
Blue

Protection

LCAP

Blue
Red

East
4 Working
Red

10

Fan

4 Protection
Blue

Legend

= Working

= Protection

Note 1: 2.5G WT
systems do
not require DCMs.

Note 2: 10G WT
systems can
require DCMs.

Engineering rules 4-53


Figure 4-36
Working fiber and Protection fiber: wavelengths and signals
OTP0066.eps

Working Fiber
1, S1

3, S3

2, S2

4, S4

Protection Fiber
3, S1

1, S3

4, S2

2, S4

Legend

= Wavelength
= Signal
= Red
= Blue

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

4-54 Engineering rules


Figure 4-37
NE3 Blue Post Site for working fiber and Red Post Site for protection fiber

MX

POPI

PT

10 11

12

13 14 15

PT

Filler circuit pack

MX

OW

128M MI

Filler circuit pack

Filler circuit pack

32 M SC

POPC

Breaker filter

Protection

POPS

Red
Blue

Breaker filter

Working

Filler circuit pack

OTP0085.eps

16 17

Working

Red
Blue
Protection

Air Intake
LCAP

Red
Blue

Fiber Management Tray (FMT)


Fiber Management Tray (FMT)
Air Exhaust

West 4 Red Protection

Filler faceplate
Legend

= Protection

PBA coupler (4 Red MUX/4 Blue DMUX)


PBA coupler (4 Red MUX/4 Blue DMUX)

Empty
Empty
Note 1: 2.5G WT systems do not require DCMs.
Note 2: 10G WT systems can require DCMs.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

10

G19

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Red

G18
2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Blue

G17
2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Red

G16

Air intake/Cross channel

= Working

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Red

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Red
9

Fan
G15

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Blue

G14

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Red

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Blue

East 4 Blue Protection

G13

G9

Fan
G12

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Blue

West 1 Blue Working

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Red

East 1 Red Working

G11

G8

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Blue

Fan
G10

G7
2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Blue

G6

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Blue

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Red

Filler circuit pack


3

G5

2.5G WT or 10G WT
OFF ramp Red

G4

2.5G WT or 10G WT
ON ramp Red

G3

Filler circuit pack

G2

MOR Plus Red Post/


Blue Pre

West 3 Blue Working

G1

MOR Plus Red Pre/


Blue Post

G0

East 3 Red Working

Red
Blue

10

Engineering rules 4-55

Limitations
This section includes limitations in the following areas related to OPTera Long
Haul 1600 Repeater Release 1.2 and 1.5:
Network reconfiguration on page 4-55
INM on page 4-55
External communications on page 4-56
Wavelength overlay deployment on page 4-56
Globalization phase 1 on page 4-56
OPC support on page 4-57
Orderwire (OW) on page 4-57
Interworking baseline on page 4-57
Note 1: LTE, 4FR, TMUX and REGEN configurations are not supported.
Note 2: Repeater optional extension shelf slot 5 (G14) and slot 10 (G19)
are full-height slots only. No hardware is available in upper half of the slots
to recognize the circuit pack in this position. The other 8 slots are
half-height and full-height slots.
Network reconfiguration
The following lists network reconfiguration limitations:
In-service add for the first optional extension shelf (shelf ID: 3) is not
supported. Although all extension shelves are optional, it is recommended
to have at least the first extension shelf installed on day 1.
Optical layer interworking between OAS and Repeater is supported.
However, it is recommended that OAS NEs and Repeater NEs have
separate SOCs.
INM
The following lists INM limitations:
Connection management is not available because it is not a supported
feature in the OPCUI.
Traffic display, Protection status, and Control features are not applicable.
The 2.5G WT, 10G WT, and OC-192/STM-64 XR support facility
provisioning (dependencies on BAN support at OPC).
PM threshold provisioning
Note: The preceding limitation applies to SONET only.

Facility provisioning and PM threshold provisioning is not available for


SDH NEs.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

4-56 Engineering rules

External communications
The following lists external communications limitations:
A limit of seven nodes in link mode is recommended if only OSC is
available for upgrading (that is, full fill WT on a Repeater).
A maximum of 34 NEs within the same SOC is recommended by the OPC.
Wavelength overlay deployment
The following lists wavelength overlay deployment limitations:
Wavelength overlay onto OC-192/TN-64X SOC is supported if MOR Plus
interworking guidelines are observed.
Wavelength overlay onto Repeater SOC is supported if MOR Plus
interworking guidelines are observed.
Globalization phase 1
The following lists globalization phase 1 limitations:
2.5G WT is unidirectional. (Bidirectionality is achieved with a pair of 2.5G
WTs.)
WUI is not available for SDH.
Note: WUI reach-through capability from INM is blocked when the
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 Repeater is operating in SDH
markets.

SONET/SDH DCC is not available for OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release
1.2/1.5 with the 2.5G WT and the 10G WT but is available with the
OC-192/STM-64 XR.
The OPC does not support mixed NE types (SONET/SDH) in the same
SOC.
TL1 is not available in SDH. TL1 is available in SONET only.
SDH block based performance monitoring (PM) collection is not
supported.
Note: PMs for 2.5G WT, 10G WT and OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit pack
are based on the SONET subset.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Engineering rules 4-57

OPC support
The following lists OPC support limitations:
The legacy OPCs located in OC-48, OC-12 and TN-16X shelves are not
supported.
The following exclusions refer to OC-192 Release 7.0 system:
OPC configuration and connection management UIs
There is no end-to-end connection and configuration manager on
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 and 1.5 OPC because the
Repeater NE is transparent to the network and does not have access
to the line and path overheads nor to the STS payloads. There are
no add/drop facilities supported at the STS level.
OPC protection manager UI
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 offers no protection
switching support. There are no switches supported in the hardware
and no optical switching facilities.
no TL1 interface for remote OAM management for SDH
TL1 interface for remote OAM management is offered only to the
SONET market.
The TL1 interface facility is not required for the SDH market.
Orderwire (OW)
OW Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) is not supported when the
NE is commissioned as SDH.
Interworking baseline
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 Repeater and OAS interworking is not
supported. No market requirement exists for these two products to interwork
for OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 Repeater. However, OPTera Long
Haul 1600 Release 1.5 supports both OAS NE type and Repeater NE type.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

4-58 Engineering rules

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

5-1

Technical specifications

5-

Chapter overview
This chapter contains advanced system specifications and requirements for the
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater system in the following sections:
Safety specifications on page 5-2
Site engineering on page 5-2

Mechanical specifications on page 5-6


Environmental specifications on page 5-8
Power requirements on page 5-10
Electromagnetic compatibility on page 5-12
Parallel telemetry output relay rated capacity on page 5-14
Optical interface specifications on page 5-15
Circuit pack specifications on page 5-15

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

5-2 Technical specifications

Safety specifications
Table 5-1 outlines the safety specifications for OPTera Long Haul 1600
Release 1.2 and 1.5.
Table 5-1
Safety specifications
Discipline

Applicable country or region

Regulatory and
industry
specification

Regulatory safety

USA

UL1950

Regulatory safety

Canada

CSA, C22.2 No. 950

Regulatory safety

Europe

EN 60950

Regulatory safety

International

IEC 60950

Laser safety

USA and Canada (Laser), Regulatory FDA 21 CFR

Laser safety

International/Europe (Laser),
Regulatory

Product safety

RBOC serving locations within USA

Key customer
requirement

IEC/EN 60825-1,
IEC/EN 60825-2
Telcordia (Bellcore)
GR-1089
GR-63-Core
GR-78

Site engineering
The OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater system meets the network equipment
building system standard 6-bay lineup floor plan for 305 mm (12 in.) deep
equipment. This layout provides a maintenance aisle and a wiring aisle. See
Figure 5-1 on page 5-3.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Technical specifications 5-3


Figure 5-1
OPTera Long Haul 1600 standard floor plan
OTP0278.eps

Line-up

Maintenance aisle

15"
12"

Universal
frame

12"

26"

Line-up
Wiring aisle

Line-up

For anchor bolts location, refer to the following figures:


Figure 5-2, Anchor bolt locations when installing an OPTera Long Haul
1600 Repeater bay (ANSI) (26 pitch) on page 5-4
Figure 5-3, Anchor bolt locations when installing an OPTera Long Haul
1600 bay (ETSI) on page 5-5

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

5-4 Technical specifications


Figure 5-2
Anchor bolt locations when installing an OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater bay (ANSI) (26 pitch)
OTP0053.eps

2.5 in.

12.0 in.
4.0 in.

7.57 in.

14.88 in.
18.44 in.
26.0 in.

Note 1: Be sure to keep the four anchor bolt plates (shown as triangular dotted lines) to
bolt the bay frame to the floor.
Note 2: For standard (zone 2) anchor bolts, use a 5/8 in. (16 mm) masonry bit, and drill
a hole 2-3/8 in. (60 mm) deep.
Note 3: For earthquake (zone 4) anchor bolts, use a 11/16 in. (18 mm) masonry bit and
drill a hole 100 mm (4.0 in.) deep.
Note 4: ANSI anchor plates are standard. You must order ETSI anchor plates. [NTRU0413]
Note 5: The dotted line represents base of frame and anchor plates.

23.6 in

23.6 in

26 in

26 in

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Technical specifications 5-5


Figure 5-3
Anchor bolt locations when installing an OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay (ETSI)
OTP0056.eps

600 mm
395 mm
325 mm
50 mm

85 mm
215 mm
250 mm
300 mm

Note 1: Be sure to keep the four anchor bolt plates (shown as triangular dotted lines) to
bolt the bay frame to the floor.
Note 2: For standard (zone 2) anchor bolts, use a 5/8 in. (16 mm) masonry bit, and drill
a hole 2-3/8 in. (60 mm) deep.
Note 3: For earthquake (zone 4) anchor bolts, use a 11/16 in. (18 mm) masonry bit and
drill a hole 100 mm (4.0 in.) deep.
Note 4: ANSI anchor plates are standard. You must order ETSI anchor plates. [NTRU0413]
Note 5: The dotted line represents base of frame and anchor plates.

600 mm

600 mm

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

5-6 Technical specifications

Maximum cable length (Ethernet and STS-48)


The following table provides the maximum cable length allowed for Ethernet
connections:
Connection

Maximum cable length

Minimum cable length

Ethernet

100 m (330 ft)

N/A

Mechanical specifications
The following specifications cover the mechanical aspects of an OPTera Long
Haul 1600 network element:
Bay frame
Width

598 mm

(23.62 in.)

Height

2.125 mm

(83.66 in.)

Depth

298 mm

(11.73 in.)

Weight

49.89 kg

(110 lb)

Clearance between uprights

502 mm

(19.76 in.)

Vertical mounting centers

25.5 mm

(0.98 in.)

Horizontal mounting centers

515 mm

(20.27 in.)

Maximum base height

118 mm

(4.645 in.)

OPTera Long Haul 1600 control shelf (including LCAP)


Width

495 mm

(19.5 in.)

Height

500 mm

(19.7 in.)

Depth

280 mm

(11.0 in.)

Width (without mounting flanges) 495 mm

(19.5 in.)

Height

88.14 mm

(3.47 in.)

Depth

240.5 mm

(9.47 in.)

Fiber management trays

OPTera Long Haul 1600 main transport shelf


Width

495 mm

(19.5 in.)

Height

367 mm

(14.462 in.)

Depth

280 mm

(11.0 in.)

continued

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Technical specifications 5-7


Environmental control unit
Width

500 mm

(19.68 in.)

Height

74.98 mm

(2.95 in.)

Depth

215 mm

(8.47 in.)

OPTera Long Haul 1600 extension shelf


Width

495 mm

(19.5 in.)

Height

367 mm

(14.462 in.)

Depth

280 mm

(11.0 in.)

Floor loading

The OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay has a total weight of 328 kg (725 lbs) fully
configured. The OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay configured as a Repeater (for
Release 1.2/1.5) weights 300 lbs (136.1 kg) without circuit packs. Given a
300-mm (11.81-in.) deep frame, the specified Telcordia (formerly known as
Bellcore) occupied floor area is 0.65 m2 (7.04 ft.2), which results in a total
floor load of 505 kg/m2 (103 lb/ft.2).
Telcordia standard GR-63-CORE Issue 1, October 1995 requirement is that the
total floor load for the specified area including overhead cables, light fixtures
and transient loads supported by the equipment frame must not exceed
735 kg/m2 (150.6 lb/ft.2).
Thermal loading

The OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay is a 300 mm (11.81) deep, forced-air cooled
free-standing frame. The Telcordia standard GR-63-CORE Issue 1, October
1995 heat release objective is 1950 W/m2 (181.2 W/ft2).
The OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay heat dissipation depends on the
configuration. The following table shows the maximum thermal loading for a
fully equipped OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater, given a Telcordia specified
occupied floor area of 0.65 m2 (7.04 ft.2):
Configuration

Maximum power dissipation


(fully equipped configurations)

Thermal density

Wavelength
translator

2894 W

4452 W/m2 (411 W/ft2)

Combiner

2362 W

3634 W/m2 (333 W/ft2)

Line amplifier

1880 W

2892 W/m2 (269 W/ft2)

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

5-8 Technical specifications

Environmental specifications
This section provides environmental specifications for the OPTera Long Haul
1600 bay product.
Operational ambient temperature
The table below shows the central office operating temperature for an OPTera
Long Haul 1600 network element (NE).
Operation mode
normal operation
short-term operation

Temperature
0 to +45C (+32 to +113F), 10% to 85%
relative humidity
8 to +50C (+18 to +122F), 5% to 95%
relative humidity or 0.024 kg water/kg dry air

Note: Short-term is no more than 96 consecutive hours and a total of no


more than 15 days in a year.
This is fully compliant with Telcordia (formerly known as Bellcore)
GR-63-CORE Issue 1, October 1995.
Non-operational ambient temperature (shipping/storage)
This equipment withstands non-operational temperatures between 40 and
+70C (40 and +158F) for 72 hours duration at each temperature extreme,
as shown in the following table. The equipment is tested (unpacked) according
to GR-63-CORE Issue 1, October 1995.
Temperature

Test

Low

40C (40F) for 72 hours

High

+70C (+158F) for 72 hours

Relative humidity
The following information is the maximum and minimum relative humidity
specifications for the OPTera Long Haul 1600 product:
Continuous operation

10 to 85% relative humidity.


Short-term operation

5 to 95% relative humidity but not greater than 0.024 kg water/kg dry air.
This is fully compliant with Telcordia (formerly known as Bellcore)
GR-63-CORE, Issue 1, October 1995, Section 4.1.2, Operating Temperature
and Humidity Criteria.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Technical specifications 5-9


Shipping/storage

Up to 95% relative humidity at 40C for 96 hours.


This is fully compliant with Telcordia GR-63-CORE, Issue 1, October 1995,
Section 4.1.1, Transportation and Storage Environmental Criteria.
Altitude
The OPTera Long Haul 1600 network element is quoted to operate up to 4000
m (13 000 ft.) above sea level.
Note: For altitudes above 1830 m (6000 ft.), the specified operating
temperature range must be derated by a factor of 2C (3.6F) for every
305 m (1000 ft.) up to 4000 m (13 000 ft.).
Atmospheric dust
The OPTera Long Haul 1600 shelves do not require any air filters. The
enclosed construction of circuit packs equipped in the main transport shelf
permits forced air cooling operation without air filters and associated
maintenance, eliminating the risk of airborne contaminants ending up on the
electronic components of the circuit packs. The dust contaminants, if allowed
in quantity on the electronic components, would otherwise reduce cooling and
potentially induce hardware/intermittent faults.
The equipment remains operational and is subject to the requirements of
Telcordia (formerly known as Bellcore) TR-NWT-000063, Issue 5, September
1993, Section 4.6, Airborne Contaminants.
Mechanical shock and vibration
The OPTera Long Haul 1600 network element meets mechanical robustness
requirements for normal transportation, service handling, shock robustness,
operational vibrations and earthquakes. The tests shown in the following tables
are deemed suitable to verify these requirements.
Shock

Fully compliant with Telcordia GR-63-CORE, Issue 1, October 1995


specifications in sections 4.3.1.2 and 4.3.2 and test methods in sections 5.3.1
and 5.3.2.
Condition

Specification

Packed for shipment

Drop height 609 mm (24 in.) of 762 mm (30 in.)


dependent on weight

Unpacked (at installation)

Drop height 76 mm (3 in.) of 102 mm (4 in.)


dependent on weight

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

5-10 Technical specifications


Vibration

Fully compliant with Telcordia GR-63-CORE, Issue 1, October 1993,


specification in sections 4.4 and 5.6.4.
Condition

Specification

Operating environment

0.1 g from 5 to 100 Hz at 0.1 oct/min

Non-operating environment
(shipping)

5 to 50 Hz at 0,5 g and 0.1 oct/min and


50 to 500 Hz at 3 g and 0.25 oct/min

Transportation bounce

Tested on a truck bed simulator, according to test method IEC Draft 68-2-55.
Earthquake

The equipment remains operational when subjected to floor response spectra


simulating Zone 4 earthquake loading and mounted in a Nortel Networks
frame. Compliant with Telcordia GR-63-CORE, Issue 1, October 1995
section 4.4, Zone 4 waveform.

Power requirements
The following specifications cover all the requirements related to the powering
of an OPTera Long Haul 1600 network element.
Battery voltage requirements
Range

39 V dc to 75 V dc

Battery step change during end wall


switching

5 V step @ 5 V/ms

Power distribution
The OPTera Long Haul 1600 system is powered by redundant feeds. The
failure of one of the power feeds due to an open or short circuit does not affect
the system. Two breaker/filter modules provide power for the OPTera Long
Haul 1600 shelves.
The A side and the B side can have separate power supplies. See the following
table for the acceptable voltage difference between the two power supplies:
Measured voltage across

Acceptable range

A (48) and A (RET)

39 V to 75 V

B (48) and B (RET)

39 V to 75 V

A (48) and B (48)

05V

A (RET) and B (RET)

0 0.1 V

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Technical specifications 5-11

Power installation requirements


The recommended power cable gauge to be used between the fused power
panel and the OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay is no. 6 AWG, depending on the
distance to the battery distribution fuse bay (BDFB).
Six power feeds

The fuse/breaker for each power lead from the BDFB must be 40 amperes.
Two power feeds

The fuse/breaker for each power lead from the BDFB must be 100 amperes.
Note 1: Various types of fuses/breakers can be used to protect the wiring
between the battery distribution fuse bay (BDFB) and the bay. The given
amperage values are independent of the fuse or breaker used.
Note 2: A network element configured as an MOR Plus stand-alone can
be powered by the two power feed configuration with 100-ampere
fuses/breakers. If the six power feed configuration is used, the 40-ampere
fuses/breakers should still be used.
Grounding and isolation
OPTera Long Haul 1600 equipment uses an integrated frame and logic
grounding system. For example, the 4.5 and 12 V dc logic ground from the
point-of-use power supply (PUPS) of each circuit pack is connected to the
frame of the shelf through the backplane. The battery return is separated from
the frame ground in accordance with Telcordia (formerly known as Bellcore)
GR-63-CORE, Issue 1, October 1995.
Note: RS-232, parallel telemetry and Ethernet grounding pins are
connected to the shelf ground.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

5-12 Technical specifications

Circuit pack power estimates


At the nominal battery voltage, the typical power estimates of each OPTera
Long Haul 1600 Repeater circuit pack is as follows:
Circuit pack

Typical power
dissipation

Maximum power
dissipation

OC-192/STM-64 XR (NTCA04)

75 W

118 W

10G WT (NTCA07)

75 W

118 W

2.5G WT (NTCA70)

50 W

60 W
(see Note)

Orderwire (NTCA47)

7W

8W

OPC storage (NTCA51)

13 W

16 W

OPC controller (NTCA50)

11 W

13 W

OPC interface (NTCA52)

3W

4W

OPC removable media (NTCA53)

1W

2W

Shelf controller, 32 M (NTCA41)

10 W

13 W

Maintenance interface (NTCA42)

8W

10 W

Message exchange (NTCA48)

8W

10 W

Parallel telemetry (NTCA45)

2W

3W

Breaker/filter module (NTCA40)

5W

6W

Fan module (NTCA85DA)

35 W

42 W
(see Note)

MOR Plus (NTCA11)

35 W

50 W

Note: These values are estimates (@ November 1, 1999).

Electromagnetic compatibility
This section covers the electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) of the OPTera
Long Haul 1600 network element.
Emissions
Electromagnetic interference (EMI) emission requirements are intended to
minimize the interference of spurious EMI from the OPTera Long Haul 1600
system to other electronic devices.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Technical specifications 5-13


Radiated

When installed in its maximum worst-case reasonable configuration, the


OPTera Long Haul 1600 product meets the radiated emission requirements of
the following:
FCC Part 15B, Class A
EN55022, Class A
Telcordia (formerly known as Bellcore) GR-1089-CORE, Class A
Bell Canada TAD 8465, Class A
ICES-003, Class A

ETSI 300 386-2, Class A

Conducted

When installed in its maximum worst-case reasonable configuration, the


OPTera Long Haul 1600 product meets the conducted emission requirements
(power and signal cables) of the following:
Telcordia (formerly known as Bellcore) GR-1089-CORE, Class A
Telcordia GR-499, Issue 1
Bell Canada TAD 8465, Class A
Bell Canada DS 8171
ETSI 300 386-1, Class A
ETSI 300 132-2
Susceptibility/Immunity
Radio frequency immunity (RFI) requirements are intended to ensure a high
degree of robustness to electromagnetic disturbances from other electronic
devices and radio wave transmissions.
Radiated

The OPTera Long Haul 1600 product meets the radiated immunity
requirements of the following:
Telcordia (formerly known as Bellcore) GR-1089-CORE
Bell Canada TAD 8465
EN300 386-2
EN 50082-1

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

5-14 Technical specifications


Conducted

The OPTera Long Haul 1600 product meets the conducted immunity
requirements of the following:
Telcordia (formerly known as Bellcore) GR-1089-CORE
Telcordia GR-499
Bell Canada TAD 8465
EN300 386-2
ETSI 300 132-2
EN 50082-1
Electrostatic discharge and electrical fast transient
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) requirements are intended to ensure a high
degree of robustness to broadband electromagnetic disturbances from ESD
events on the OPTera Long Haul 1600 system or within close proximity.
Electrical fast transient (EFT) requirements ensure a high degree of robustness
to conducted transients on cables.
Electrostatic discharge

The OPTera Long Haul 1600 product meets the following specifications up to
15 kV (air discharge, direct) and 8 kV (contact discharge, direct and indirect)
with no errors or malfunction:
Telcordia (formerly known as Bellcore) GR-1089-CORE
Bell Canada TAD 8465
EN 300 386-2
EN 50082-1
EN 61000-4-2 (formerly IEC 801-2)
Electrical fast transient

The OPTera Long Haul 1600 product meets the following specifications up to
Level 3 (2 kV power, 1 kV signal) with no errors or malfunction and
automatically recover, without damage, up to Level 4 (4 kV power, 2 kV
signal):
Bell Canada TAD 8465
ETSI 300 386-2
EN 61000-4-4 (formerly IEC 801-4)
EN 50082-1

Parallel telemetry output relay rated capacity


Each form-C output relay contact is rated at 120 V ac (110 V dc) at 1 A. Each
output is a three-signal set supplied by a relay with a common connection
(COM) grouped with a normally open contact (NO) and a normally closed
contact (NC).
OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Technical specifications 5-15

Optical interface specifications


The OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater network element equipment meet the
requirements of the SONET rates and format specifications as defined by
ECSA committee T1X1.4, T1X1.5 in document T1.105, Optical Interface
Rates and Format Specifications, March 1988.
All OPTera Long Haul 1600 equipment complies with the SONET optical
interface specifications. All SONET/SDH transmit interface circuit packs can
transmit into non-SONET/SDH receivers, and similarly, all SONET/SDH
receive interface circuit packs can accept signals from non-SONET/SDH
transmitters.
The specifications provided in this section apply to the worst-case production
units, operating at environmental extremes and end-of-life limits.

Circuit pack specifications


The components of the optical layer can be combined in several ways to realize
a variety of optical link applications. To facilitate the planning process, Nortel
Networks has defined Building Blocks (BB) that can be combined using
engineering rules to create the required applications.
The building blocks are described in the context of a 100 GHz-spaced DWDM
system that supports a maximum of 32 wavelengths. The MOR Plus amplifier
supports 100 GHz-spaced DWDM system that enables the multiplexing of up
to 32 wavelengths. When used in a 200-GHz-channel spacing mixed
applications with MOR Plus circuit packs, the maximum capacity is
16 wavelengths.
The OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 and 1.5 Repeater consists of the
following building blocks that you can combine in several ways to create a
variety of optical network applications:
MOR Plus amplifier

1625 nm OSC module


2.5G WT circuit pack for 2.5 Gbit/s open optical interfaces
10G WT circuit pack for 10 Gbit/s open optical interfaces
OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit pack for 10 Gbit/s regenerator applications
DWDM couplers
DCM modules

You require a variety of these optical building blocks to create the different
sites of a network configuration.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

5-16 Technical specifications

MOR Plus amplifier circuit pack


This circuit pack is an evolution of the MOR amplifier. The MOR Plus
amplifier can amplify up to 32 bidirectional optical channels for the OPTera
Long Haul 1600 Repeater system offering. This amplifier is the baseline
amplifier for 32- applications. The MOR Plus amplifier improves
deployment flexibility by providing a per-band access (PBA) functionality
where components such as DCM or add/drop couplers can be inserted. MOR
Plus is also available with a built-in 1510 nm optical service channel (OSC),
which travels with the RED band. For detailed specifications, see Table 5-2 on
page 5-18.
MOR Plus/1625 nm OSC circuit pack
This circuit pack is an MOR Plus combined with an external 1625 nm OSC.
The plug-in module is available for bidirectional communication. The
1625 nm channel travels with the BLUE band and allows a convenient
bidirectional optical layer remote access facility for the line amplifier
applications. For detailed specifications, see Table 5-2 on page 5-18 and Table
5-3 on page 5-24.
OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit pack (transponder/regenerator)
This circuit pack receives, regenerates, and transmits signals. It operates as a
full 10-Gbit/s SONET/SDH regenerator. The OC-192/STM-64 XR offers
32-wavelength DWDM functionality. For detailed specifications, see Table 5-4
on page 5-26.
2.5G WT circuit pack for 2.5 Gbit/s open optical interfaces
This circuit pack acts as an open optical interface that allows access to the
optical transport layer for SONET/SDH traffic, IP, and ATM router traffic. It
offers on-ramp and off-ramp capabilities with overhead transparency. The
2.5G WT is a thin SONET/SDH regenerator. For details about overhead (OH)
transparency, see Service transparency on page 2-5. For detailed
specifications, see Table 5-5 on page 5-29.
10G WT circuit pack for 10 Gbit/s open optical interfaces
This circuit pack acts as an open optical interface that allows access to the
optical transport layer for SONET/SDH traffic, IP, and ATM router traffic. It
offers on-ramp and off-ramp capabilities with overhead transparency. The 10G
WT is a thin SONET/SDH regenerator. For details about overhead (OH)
transparency, see Service transparency on page 2-5. For detailed
specifications, see Table 5-6 on page 5-32.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Technical specifications 5-17

DWDM couplers
This component multiplexes and demultiplexes optical channels into and out
of a single fiber. These couplers generally consist of passive filters that are
packaged as stand-alone optical components with one port for each DWDM
channel and a common port that connect to the fiber plant. Monitoring taps,
variable optical attenuators (VOA) for received power adjustment and
expansion ports for upgrades can also be included. For more information about
DWDM couplers for 200 GHz DWDM grid applications, see 200 GHz, 2- to
16-wavelength Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY311DX) or 100 GHz
MOR Plus, 2- to 32-wavelength Optical Layer Applications Guide
(NTY312DX).
Dispersion Compensation Modules (DCM)
These components are used to counter chromatic dispersion in long-haul
transmission systems. DCMs contain dispersion-compensating fiber that
applies a pre-defined level of dispersion to reconstruct (compress) the optical
pulses after they have been broadened over a given length of standard, and in
some cases, dispersion-shifted fiber. For more information about DCM
modules, see 200 GHz, 2- to 16-wavelength Optical Layer Applications Guide
(NTY311DX) or 100 GHz MOR Plus, 2- to 32-wavelength Optical Layer
Applications Guide (NTY312DX).

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

5-18 Technical specifications


Table 5-2
MOR Plus amplifier
F4729-MOR_R80.eps

LOS blue band (yellow)


LOS red band (yellow)
Fail (red)
Active (green)

Optical connector (output)


Optical connector (input)
Optical connector (common)

Functional description
MOR Plus amplifier circuit packs optically amplify a maximum of up to 32 optical channels that are
symmetrically allocated in two wavelength bands: the RED (1547.5 nm to 1561.0 nm) and BLUE
(1528.4 nm to 1542.5 nm) bands. A maximum of up to 16 wavelengths are co-propagating in each band.
The two bands are travelling in opposite directions to provide full bidirectionality in a single optical fiber.
The MOR Plus provides access to each optical band. The MOR Plus, configured as a line amplifier,
enables the insertion of components at its mid stage. When correct engineering rules are followed (see
OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs for engineering rules), the loss of the component inserted in an MOR
Plus line amplifier cannot decrease the reach of the optical link.
continued

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Technical specifications 5-19


Table 5-2
MOR Plus amplifier (continued)
Hardware description
The MOR Plus amplifier circuit pack is designed to be installed in the OPTera Long Haul 1600
equipment bay. There are two MOR Plus amplifier modules: the RED Pre/BLUE Post and the BLUE
Pre/RED Post. Both amplifier circuit packs are designed to be installed in the OPTera Long Haul 1600
equipment bay.
One of each module is used at MUX/DEMUX sites (optical multiplex section site). The two modules are
combined to form a line amplifier with mid-stage component insertion capability. Each direction of
transmission is routed through separate amplifier gain regions. Amplification in each direction of
transmission occurs because the input optical signals acquire energy from a dedicated 980 nm pump
laser. Each optical path includes WDM splitters and combiners for the pump laser and signal, optical
isolators and optical gain flattening filters.
Power monitoring is performed by means of four PIN photodetectors that are positioned at the
input/output ports of the EDFA gain block modules. Three connectors are located on the module
faceplate. For the RED Pre/BLUE Post amplifier, they are designated as RED out, BLUE in, and RED
in/BLUE out. For the BLUE Pre/RED Post amplifier, they are designated as BLUE out, RED in, and
BLUE in/RED out. FC, ST, or SC type adapters can be ordered to match the fiber plant connector types.
Two loss of signal (LOS) LEDs are located on the upper part of the faceplate, allowing the separate
identification of signal loss for each transmission direction (RED band or BLUE band directions).
Another two LEDs are located on the faceplate to identify if the circuit pack is active (green LED) or
failing (red LED).
OAM&P features
The MOR Plus amplifier has the following features:
remote provisioning
total and per-channel optical power monitoring (analog maintenance)
optical link equalization software to optimize link performance
alarm reporting
optical reflectometer (bidirectional port only)
channel autodiscovery
autopropagation of provisioned values
local locking of provisioned values
Options

PEC

BLUE Pre/RED Post MOR NTCA11JK


Plus amplifier without OSC

Specific attributes
This version of the MOR Plus amplifier includes BLUE and
RED band EDFA modules mounted on a motherboard
assembly. The MOR Plus amplifier is used at a site where
RED band wavelengths are multiplexed in the fiber and
BLUE band wavelengths are demultiplexed out of the fiber.
The MOR Plus amplifier is not equipped with the 1510 nm
OSC unit.
continued

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

5-20 Technical specifications


Table 5-2
MOR Plus amplifier (continued)
Options

PEC

Specific attributes

RED Pre/BLUE Post MOR NTCA11KK


Plus amplifier without OSC

This version of the MOR Plus amplifier includes BLUE and


RED band EDFA modules mounted on a motherboard
assembly. The MOR Plus is used at a site where BLUE
band wavelengths are multiplexed in the fiber and RED
band wavelengths are demultiplexed out of the fiber. The
MOR Plus is not equipped with the 1510 nm OSC unit.

BLUE Pre/Red Post MOR


Plus amplifier with OSC

This version of the MOR Plus amplifier includes BLUE and


RED band EDFA modules mounted on a motherboard
assembly. The MOR Plus amplifier is used at a site where
RED band wavelengths are multiplexed in the fiber and
BLUE band wavelengths are demultiplexed out of the fiber.

NTCA11NK

This version of the MOR Plus amplifier is also equipped


with the 1510 nm OSC unit. The 1510 nm OSC is an
out-of-band communication channel used for supervisor
purposes. This channel co-propagates with the RED band
wavelengths. Optical access to the 1510 nm OSC is
provided by means of add/drop filters embedded into the
MOR RED band amplifier path. Since the OSC is
integrated into the MOR, external add/drop filters and
associated fiber patches are not required.

RED Pre/BLUE Post MOR


Plus amplifier with OSC

NTCA11PK

This version of the MOR Plus amplifier includes BLUE and


RED band EDFA modules mounted on a motherboard
assembly. The MOR Plus amplifier is used at a site where
BLUE band wavelengths are multiplexed in the fiber and
RED band wavelengths are demultiplexed out of the fiber.
This version of the MOR Plus amplifier is also equipped
with the 1510 nm OSC unit. The 1510 nm OSC is an
out-of-band communication channel used for supervisory
purposes. This channel co-propagates with the RED band
wavelengths. Optical access to the 1510 nm OSC is
provided by means of add/drop filters embedded into the
MOR RED band amplifier path. Since the OSC is
integrated into the MOR, external add/drop filters and
associated fiber patches are not required.

continued

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Technical specifications 5-21


Table 5-2
MOR Plus amplifier (continued)
Specifications
BLUE band wavelength range at start of life: 1528.40 nm to 1542.50 nm
RED band wavelength range at start of life: 1547.50 nm to 1561.00 nm
Output power masks
The four figures on the following pages describe the MOR Plus output power mask for the BLUE Post,
Blue Pre, RED Post and RED Pre amplifier modules, respectively. The shaded area indicates the
allowed end-of-life total output power as opposed to the input power for the amplifier. For example,
when the input power to the BLUE Post amplifier of the MOR Plus is -6.25 dBm, the output power at the
end of life can be adjusted to 0 to 16.8 dBm.
continued

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

5-22 Technical specifications


Table 5-2
MOR Plus amplifier (continued)
End-of-life maximum output power vs. input power, BLUE Post amplifier module
F4731-MOR_R80.eps

18

(-6.25, 16.8)
(-10.25, 16.3)

(1.25, 16.4)

BLUE post-amplifier ouptut power in dBm

16

(3.75, 16.1)
(2.5, 16.3)

14

12

10

0
-12

-10

-8

-6
-4
-2
BLUE post-amplifier input power in dBm

End-of-life maximum output power vs. input power, BLUE Pre amplifier module
F4732-MOR_R80.eps

16
(-11.25, 15.1) (-6.25, 15.1)

(-0.25, 14.8)

BLUE pre-amplifier ouptut power in dBm

14

12

10

6
(-31.25, 5.3)
4

-30

-25

-20
-15
-10
BLUE pre-amplifier input power in dBm

continued

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

-5

Technical specifications 5-23


Table 5-2
MOR Plus amplifier (continued)
End-of-life maximum output power vs. input power, RED Post amplifier module
F4734-MOR_R80.eps

18
(1.25, 15.8)

16
(-6.25, 14.8)

RED post-amplifier ouptut power in dBm

14

(3.75, 16.0)
(2.5, 15.8)

(-10.25, 13.2)

12

10

0
-12

-10

-8

-6
-4
-2
RED post-amplifier input power in dBm

End-of-life maximum output power vs. input power, RED Pre amplifier module
F4735-MOR_R80.eps

16

(-11.25, 15.1) (-6.25, 15.2)

(-0.25, 15.2)

RED pre-amplifier ouptut power in dBm

14

12

10

6
(-31.25, 5.4)
4

-30

-25

-20
-15
-10
RED pre-amplifier input power in dBm

-5

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

5-24 Technical specifications


Table 5-3
1625 nm OSC circuit pack
OTP0321.eps

Fail (red)
Active (green)

Optical connectors

continued

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Technical specifications 5-25


Table 5-3
1625 nm OSC circuit pack (continued)
Functional description
The 1625 nm OSC supports a unidirectional out-of-band optical service channel at 1625 nm for
supervisory purposes. The 1625 m OSC must be configured to co-propagate with the BLUE band
channels. Use the 1625 nm OSC module in conjunction with the MOR Plus with 1510 nm OSC on
fiber-constrained, route diverse or ring applications where all channels must propagate through a single
line amplified path. External 1550/1625 nm WDM couplers are required for optical access to OSC at
1625 nm.
Hardware description
The 1625 nm OSC module is built on the same platform as the MOR unit, but it does not support the
optical amplifier gain blocks provided on the MOR. The 1625 nm OSC does not support optical
amplification or power monitoring functionality as provided with the MOR module.
OAM&P features
The 1625 nm OSC circuit pack has the following features: remote provisioning and alarm reporting.
Options
Definition

PEC

Specific attributes

1625 nm OSC circuit pack

NTCA11CK

The 1625 nm OSC module consists of an OSC module


mounted on a motherboard assembly. The 1625 nm OSC
does not provide the optical amplification or power
monitoring functionality as provided with the MOR or MOR
Plus amplifiers.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

5-26 Technical specifications


Table 5-4
OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit pack
F4723-MOR_R80.eps

LOS (yellow)
Fail (red)
Active (green)

output optical connector


input optical connector

continued

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Technical specifications 5-27


Table 5-4
OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit pack (continued)
Functional description
The OC-192/STM-64 XR combines the functionality of a receiver and a DWDM regenerator transmitter
in one circuit pack. Used in a regenerator, this single circuit pack replaces the regenerator transmitter
and receiver circuit packs. The frequency, accuracy, and stability of the optical signal emitted allows
these transmitters to be used in a DWDM system with spacing of 100 GHz or more between adjacent
wavelengths. The transmitter frequencies are also aligned with the ITU-T grid.
Hardware description
The OC-192/STM-64 XR is designed to be installed in the OPTera Long Haul 1600 equipment bay. The
OC-192/STM-4 XR is equipped with an electro-optic modulator, photodetector, and the require RF
circuitry to convert the 10 Gbit/s modulated optical signal to the electrical domain for 3R regeneration
and overhead processing. The signal is then converted back to the optical domain with a specific carrier
wavelength.
One output connector is located on the module faceplate. You can order the FC, ST, or SC type
adapters to match the fiber plant connector types.
Three LEDs are located on the faceplate. The LEDs identify a LOS (yellow LED), an active circuit pack
(green LED), or a failing circuit pack (red LED).
OAM&P features
The OC-192/STM-64 XR has the following features:
remote provisioning of output power and chirp polarity
optical power monitoring
alarm reporting
analog maintenance support
Options
The 32 transmitters available for 100 GHz applications follow.
For circuit pack definition, PEC and specific wavelength attributes according to different fiber
types, refer to the 200 GHz MOR/MOR Plus, 2- to 16-wavelength Optical Layer Applications
Guide (NTY311DX) and the 100 GHz MOR Plus, 2- to 32-wavelength Optical Layer Applications
Guide (NTY312DX).
Specification
Tx module laser type

Distributed Feedback (DFB) semiconductor laser

Laser spectral width


(Continous wave linewidth)

20 MHz

Laser Side Mode


Suppression Ration (SSR)

40 dB

Pigtail fiber type

Single mode fiber

Wavelength range

1528.77 to 1542.14 nm for BLUE band transmitters


1547.72 to 1561.42 nm for RED band transmitters
continued

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

5-28 Technical specifications


Table 5-4
OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit pack (continued)
Central wavelength
accuracy

0.05 nm

Note: This value does not


include information
bandwidth and dispersion
compensating chirp.
Provisionable output power Configurable from -10 to 1.5 dBm subject to the accuracy below.
Output power adjustment
accuracy

0.5 dBm

Chirp polarity

Configurable to positive or negative

Reflection tolerance

14 dB

This number is a worst-case end-of-life number that includes connector


loss, aging and temperature degradation.

Maximum tolerated optical 10 dBm


power into output connector
of the transmitter
Transmitter line coding

NRZ

Photodetector type

PIN photodetector

Pigtail fiber type

Single mode fiber

Wavelength range input

1290 nm to 1575 nm

Guaranteed sensitivity

12 dBm for amplified links


14.0 dBm for non-amplified links

Overload level (input power 0.0 dBm


to the Rx must be equal or
below this value so that
guaranteed link BER and
jitter tolerance are met)
Damage level (maximum
power allowed at the input
of the Rx above which the
components can be
permanently damaged)

5.0 dBm

Line coding

NRZ

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Technical specifications 5-29


Table 5-5
2.5 Git/s DWDM wavelength translator (WT)
F4724-MOR_R80.eps

LOS (yellow)
Fail (red)
Active (green)

output optical connector


input optical connector

continued

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

5-30 Technical specifications


Table 5-5
2.5 Git/s DWDM wavelength translator (WT) (continued)
Functional description
The 2.5 Gbit/s DWDM Wavelength Translator (WT) acts as a gateway converting non-Nortel Networks
DWDM wavelengths to Nortel Networks optical frequencies aligned with the ITU-T grid. The frequency
accuracy and stability of the optical signal emitted allow these WTs to be used in DWDM systems with
spacings of 100 GHz or more between adjacent wavelengths. Analog maintenance features are
supported.
Wavelength Translators are capable of processing thin SONET/SDH signals. Therefore, these
translators provide access to the optical backbone. This arrangement allows for open architectures.
Hardware description
The 2.5 Gbit/s DWDM Wavelength Translator (WT) is designed to be installed in the OPTera Long Haul
1600 equipment bay. The 2.5 Gbit/s WT is equipped with an electro-optic modulator, photodetector and
the required RF circuitry to convert the 2.5 Gbit/s modulated optical signal to the electrical domain for
3R regeneration and overhead processing. The signal is then converted back to the optical domain with
a specific carrier wavelength.
Three LEDs are located on the faceplate to identify a LOS (yellow LED), an active circuit pack (green
LED), or a failed circuit pack (red LED).
OAM&P features
The 2.5 Gbit/s WT has the following features:
thin SONET/SDH overhead processing
remote provisioning of output power and chirp polarity
optical power monitoring
analog maintenance support
alarm reporting
Options
The 32 transmitters available for 100 GHz applications follow.
For circuit pack definition, PEC and specific wavelength attributes according to different fiber
types, refer to the 200 GHz MOR/MOR Plus, 2- to 16-wavelength Optical Layer Applications
Guide (NTY311DX) and the 100 GHz MOR Plus, 2- to 32-wavelength Optical Layer Applications
Guide (NTY312DX).
continued

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Technical specifications 5-31


Table 5-5
2.5 Git/s DWDM wavelength translator (WT) (continued)
Specification
Tx module laser type

Distributed Feedback (DFB) semiconductor laser

Laser spectral width


(Continuous wave linewidth)

20 MHz

Laser Slide Mode Suppression Ration


(SSR)

40 dB

Pigtail fiber type

Single mode fiber

Wavelength range

1528.77 to 1541.35 nm for BLUE band transmitters


1547.72 to 1560.61 nm for RED band transmitters

Central wavelength tolerance (see note)

0.12 nm

Note: This value does not include information bandwidth and dispersion compensating chirp.
Provisionable output power

Configurable from 11 to 3.0 dBm subject to the


accuracy below.

Output power adjustment accuracy

0.5 dBm
This is a worst-case end-of-life number that includes
connector loss, aging and temperature degradation.

Reflection tolerance

14 dB

Maximum tolerated optical power into


output connector of the transmitter

10 dBm

Transmitter line coding

NRZ

Receiver specifications
Photodetector type

APD

Pigtail fiber type

Single mode fiber

Wavelength range

1290 nm to 1570 nm

Guaranteed sensitivity

28.3 dBm

Overload level (input power to the Rx must 15.0 dBm


be equal or below this value so that
guaranteed link BER and jitter tolerance are
met)
Damage level (maximum power allowed at 5.0 dBm
the input of the Rx above which the
components can be permanently damaged)
Line coding

NRZ

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

5-32 Technical specifications


Table 5-6
10 Gbit/s DWDM wavelength translator (WT)
F4724-MOR_R80.eps

LOS (yellow)
Fail (red)
Active (green)

output optical connector


input optical connector

continued

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Technical specifications 5-33


Table 5-6
10 Gbit/s DWDM wavelength translator (WT) (continued)
Functional description
The 10 Gbit/s DWDM Wavelength Translator (WT) acts as a gateway converting non-Nortel Networks
DWDM wavelengths to Nortel Networks optical frequencies aligned with the ITU-T grid. The frequency
accuracy and stability of the optical signal emitted allows these WTs to be used in DWDM systems with
spacings of 100 GHz or more between adjacent wavelengths. Analog maintenance features are
supported.
Wavelength translators are capable of processing thin SONET/SDH signals. Therefore, these
translators provide access to the optical backbone. This arrangement allows for open architectures.
Hardware description
The 10 Gbit/s DWDM Wavelength Translator (WT) is designed to be installed in the OPTera Long Haul
1600 equipment bay. The 10 Gbit/s DWDM WT is equipped with an electro-optic modulator,
photodetector and the required RF circuitry to convert the 10 Gbit/s modulated optical signal to the
electrical domain for 3R regeneration and overhead processing. The signal is then converted back to
the optical domain with a specific carrier wavelength.
Three LEDs are located on the faceplate to identify a LOS (yellow LED), an active circuit pack (green
LED), or a failed circuit pack (red LED).
OAM&P features
The 10 Gbit/s WT has the following features:
thin SONET/SDH overhead processing
remote provisioning of output power and chirp polarity
optical power monitoring
analog maintenance support
alarm reporting
Options
The 32 transmitters available for 100 GHz applications follow.
For circuit pack definition, PEC and specific wavelength attributes according to different fiber
types, refer to the 200 GHz MOR/MOR Plus, 2- to 16-wavelength Optical Layer Applications
Guide (NTY311DX) and the 100 GHz MOR Plus, 2- to 32-wavelength Optical Layer Applications
Guide (NTY312DX).
Specification
Tx module laser type

Distributed Feedback (DFB) semiconductor laser

Laser spectral width (Continous


wave linewidth)

20 MHz

Laser Side Mode Suppression


Ration (SSR)

40 dB

Pigtail fiber type

Single mode fiber


continued

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

5-34 Technical specifications


Table 5-6
10 Gbit/s DWDM wavelength translator (WT) (continued)
Wavelength range

1528.77 to 1542.14 nm for BLUE band transmitters


1547.72 to 1561.42 nm for RED band transmitters

Central wavelength accuracy

0.05 nm

Note: This value does not include


information bandwidth and
dispersion compensating chirp.
Provisionable output power

Configurable from 10 to 1.5 dBm subject to the accuracy below.

Output power adjustment


accuracy

0.5 dBm

Chirp polarity

Configurable to positive or negative

Reflection tolerance

14 dB

This number is a worst-case end-of-life number that includes


connector loss, aging and temperature degradation.

Maximum tolerated optical power 10 dBm


into output connector of the
transmitter
Transmitter line coding

NRZ

Photodetector type

PIN photodetector

Pigtail fiber type

Single mode fiber

Wavelength range input

1290 nm to 1575 nm

Guaranteed sensitivity

12 dBm for amplified links


14.0 dBm for non-amplified links

Overload level (input power to the 0.0 dBm


Rx must be equal or below this
value so that guaranteed link BER
and jitter tolerance are met)
Damage level (maximum power
5.0 dBm
allowed at the input of the Rx
above which the components can
be permanently damaged)
Line coding

NRZ

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

6-1

Ordering information

6-

You can order the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Releases 1.2/1.5 software and
hardware through your local customer service representative. Address
additional inquiries to the regional sales offices. Refer to the end of this
document for telephone numbers and addresses.
To order an OPTera Long Haul 1600 system, you must identify the
requirements for the following components:
bay and shelf hardware
required circuit packs
optical cabling
software load and licenses
To order

Refer to

Hardware

Table 6-1 through Table 6-17

Cable

Table 6-18 through Table 6-25

Software (see Note)

Table 6-26 and Table 6-27

Note: The Software building blocks on page 6-32 simplify the configuration and
the ordering process for software.

For more information see the appropriate OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTP
documentation or refer to Chapter 7, Engineering documentation.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

6-2 Ordering information

Hardware baseline
For standardization reasons, your network must be operating at a minimum
acceptable release of circuit packs and shelves for in-service applications with
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2. For optimized deployment operations,
your network must be operating at a minimum acceptable release of circuit
packs and shelves with OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5.
Obtain the latest list of hardware baselines by using Nortel Networks
Fax-on-demand service (1-800-451-1685).

Bay assembly
An OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater bay assembly is equipped with all the
basic hardware required for Wavelength Translator or regenerator
configurations as requested. The bay assembly includes a universal front
access frame and all intrabay cables. (See Table 6-1.)
Table 6-1
OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay assembly
Description

PEC

CPC

Rules

Mechanical bay assembly, 2.125 m (6.97 ft.),


with no extension shelves

NTCA89GA

A0743703

1, 2

Mechanical bay assembly, 2.125 m (6.97 ft.),


with first extension shelf

NTCA89GB

A0743705

Mechanical bay assembly, 2.125 m (6.97 ft.),


with first and second extension shelves (see Note)

NTCA89GC

A0773967

Note: Although the second extension shelf of the NTCA89GC mechanical bay assembly does not
support transport circuit packs at this time, the use of this bay assembly is strongly recommended if
more than 16 wavelength translators or regenerators are required for future use. In this case, passive
optical modules such as WDM couplers and DCMs should be installed in a separate frame. You must
equip all empty slots of the second extension shelf with filler circuit packs (NTCA49AA). For more
information, refer to Second extension shelf equipping rules on page 4-22.

Engineering rules
1 A mechanical bay assembly with no extension shelves includes
pre-installed DWDM filler panels.
2 Order this item if you require an MOR Plus stand-alone bay to install
DWDM shelf assembly, DWDM couplers, and DCM assemblies.
3 Order this item (which includes the first optional extension shelf) for all
configurations requiring more than six Wavelength Translators or
Regenerators.
4 Order this item (which includes the first and second extension shelves) for
all configurations requiring more than 16 Wavelength Translators or
regenerators.
OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Ordering information 6-3

Bay equipment
The items listed in Table 6-2 are provided when a mechanical bay assembly
(NTCA89GA/GB/GC) is ordered. You can order each item separately as
replacements or spares.
Table 6-2
OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay equipment
Description

PEC

CPC

Rules

Front access frame 2.125 m (6.97 ft.)

NTRU0411

A0790396

Top cover assembly

NTCC8153

A0785345

Control shelf

NTCA81GA

A0776337

Local craft access panel (LCAP)

NTCA81BA

A0628464

Universal Synchronization Alarms and Telemetry Terminations NTCE8134


(uniSATT)

A0622195

Fiber management shelf (2 tray/Universal frame)

NTCA84GA

A0776334

1, 2

Fiber management shelf (1 tray/Universal frame)

NTCA84GB

A0797440

Baffle assembly

NTCA8935

A0765949

Main shelf

NTCA86BA

A0743706

Environmental control panel (ECP)

NTCA85CA

A0768688

Fan module

NTCA85DA

A0776332

1, 3

Plenum

NTCC8520

A0776330

Fiber X-bay Channel

NTCC8934

A0762220

Fiber Highway kit

NTCA8949

A0786329

Brace

P0910437

P0910437

First extension shelf assembly

NTCA86CA

A0743707

Second extension shelf assembly

NTCA86DA

A0773968

Earthquake Zone 2 anchor bolts kit (4)

NT7E7002

A0372596

Power termination block

NTCC8151

A0785346

OPTera ECP II with Plenum

NTCA85CB

A0776328

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

6-4 Ordering information

Engineering rules
1 The NTCA89GA/GB/GC mechanical bay assembly includes this item.
2 Order this item as replacement or spare.
3 Order this item as replacement or spare only, because fan modules come
with the bay (NTCA89GA/GB/GC).
4 For all releases, the first extension shelf is pre-installed for
NTCA89GB/GC bays. You can use the extension shelf as an extension
shelf to the main transport shelf in high density configurations.
5 For NTCA89GC, the second extension shelf is installed in the bay.
6 Standard anchor bolts (Earthquake Zone 2) are supplied with the frame as
part of the mechanical bay assembly code NTCA89GA/GB/GC. You must
order earthquake Zone 4 anchor bolts separately, if required (see
Table 6-3).
7 Order this item when upgrading an NTCA89GB bay with the second
extension shelf (NTCA86DA).
Note: A bay frame includes standard anchor bolts, a grounding strip and
all the necessary attachment screws.

Frame accessories
Table 6-3 lists all the accessories that are available for an OPTera Long Haul
1600 Repeater bay. Order these items based on your system requirements.
Table 6-3
OPTera Long Haul 1600 frame accessories
Description

PEC

CPC

Rules

Frame Leveling kit

NT7E6040

A0397043

Earthquake anchor bolts kit (Zone 4)

NT7E74AA

A0370984

Cable cover kit 2.13 m (7 ft.) 26 inch line up.

NTRU0402

A0790387

11

Cable cover kit 2.13 m (7 ft.) 600 mm line up.

NTRU0401

A0790386

12

END panel kit for 600 line up

NTRU0403

A0790388

END panel kit for 660 line up

NTRU0404

A0790389

Frame extender 2.13 m (7 ft.)

NTRU0409

A0790394

Frame extender 2.2 m (7.21 ft.)

NTRU0414

A0790394

Frame extender 2.29 m (7.5 ft.)

NTRU0405

A0790390

Frame extender 2.44 m (8 ft.)

NTRU0406

A0790391

continued

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Ordering information 6-5


Table 6-3
OPTera Long Haul 1600 frame accessories (continued)
Description

PEC

CPC

Rules

Frame extender 2.6 m (8.53 ft.)

NTCA89GM

A0810340

Frame extender 2.74 m (9 ft.)

NTRU0407

A0790392

Frame extender 3.50 m (11.5 ft.)

NTRU0408

A0790393

ANSI Washer Kit

NTRU0412

A0790397

ETSI Washer Kit

NTRU0413

A0790398

Frame Insulator Kit

NTRU0410

A0790395

ANSI Dressing Kit

NTCA89GL

A0803267

ETSI Dressing Kit

NTCA89GK

A0803268

Power feed jumper kit with 4 #4 AWG Cables

NTCA89GE

A0797615

Raised floor cable dressing kit (ANSI)

NTCA89GF

A0797616

Raised floor cable dressing kit (ETSI)

NTCA89GG

A0776335

10

Engineering rules
1 One set of earthquake anchor bolts (Zone 4) contains four bolts. Order
based on your requirements.
2 Order one or two for each bay line up based on your requirements.
3 Frame extenders are supplied with ground bridge loops and are used to
extend 2.13 m (7 ft.) frames to heights of 2.20 m (7.21 ft.), 2.29 m (7.5 ft.),
2.44 m (8 ft.), 2.60 m (8.53 ft.), 2.74 m (9 ft.), and 3.50 m (11.5 ft.). Order
based on your requirements.
4 This item is required to secure the bay framework to the floor.
5 This item is required if the bay (NTCA89GA/GB/GC) is to be installed
using ISBN grounding procedures.
6 The ANSI Dressing kit contains the fiber cable cover hardware
(NTRU0402) for the 660 mm (26 in.) line up. Customers should order one
per NTCA89GA/GB/GC bay ordered being used in a 660-mm (26-in.)
line-up.
7 The ETSI Dressing kit contains the fiber cable cover hardware
(NTRU0401) for the 600 mm (23.4 in.) line up and the Mounting washers
for the ETSI frames (NTRU0413). Customers should order one per
NTCA89GA/GB/GC bay ordered being used in a 600 mm (23.4 in.) line
up.
8 Order this item to connect the power supply to the OPTera Long Haul 1600
bay, for single 100-Amp power feed options.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

6-6 Ordering information

The ANSI bolt-on cable carrier (NTCA89GF) added to the rear section of
upright bays allows the through-floor routing of power cables. Both the
4 x #4 AWG cables and the 12 x #6 AWG cables can be used.
10 For ETSI power through-floor connections, the through-floor power cable
kit (NTCA89GG) must be used. This kit replaces the existing ANSI fiber
highway and supports the 12 x #6 AWG feed solution only. The 12 power
cables are stored on one side of the bay frame in the power troughs. The
signal control cables are stored on the other side of the bay frame in the
power troughs.
11 Contained as part of NTCA89GL kit
12 Contained as part of NTCA89GK kit

Standard fiber management hardware


Table 6-4 lists the fiber management hardware that is available for the OPTera
Long Haul 1600 product.
Table 6-4
OPTera Long Haul 1600 standard fiber management hardware
Description

PEC

Fiber management shelf (2 trays/Universal frame)

NTCA84GA A0776334

Fiber management shelf (1 tray/Universal frame)

NTCA84GB A0797440

Slack storage discrete kit

NTCA84GC A0797454

Slack storage bulk kit

NTCA84GD A0797453

FC adaptor kit

NTCC14WA A0646895

ST adaptor kit

NTCC14WB A0646894

8-mVOA mounting plate kit, (FC)

NTCC84JA

A0797446

8-mVOA mounting plate kit, (ST)

NTCC84JB

A0797445

8-mVOA mounting plate kit, (SC)

NTCC84JC

A0797444

8-fixed attenuator mounting plate kit, (FC)

NTCA84KA A0797441

8-fixed attenuator mounting plate kit, (ST)

NTCA84KB A0797442

8-fixed attenuator mounting plate kit, (SC)

NTCA84KC A0797443

1550/1625 nm OSC WDM coupler (FC)

NTCC13AA A0681717

1550/1625 nm OSC WDM coupler (ST)

NTCC13AB A0681718

1550/1625 nm OSC WDM coupler (SC)

NTCC13AC A0681719

L-band/OSC WDM coupler mounting plate kit (SC)

NTCA84GE A0797917

continued

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

CPC

Rules

Ordering information 6-7


Table 6-4
OPTera Long Haul 1600 standard fiber management hardware (continued)
Description

PEC

CPC

L-band/OSC WDM coupler mounting plate kit (FC)

NTCA84GJ

A0813122

L-band/OSC WDM coupler mounting plate kit (ST)

NTCA84GK A0813120

MOR L-Band Upgrade WDM Coupler, no 1625 nm OSC (SC)

NTCA15GG A0794633

MOR L-Band Upgrade WDM Coupler, with 1625 nm OSC (SC)

NTCA15GH A0784538

MOR L-Band Upgrade WDM Coupler, no 1625 nm OSC (FC)

NTCA15GJ

A0794632

MOR L-Band Upgrade WDM Coupler, with 1625 nm OSC (FC)

NTCA15GK A0779631

MOR L-Band Upgrade WDM Coupler, no 1625 nm OSC (ST)

NTCA15GM A0794634

10

MOR L-Band Upgrade WDM Coupler, with 1625 nm OSC (ST)

NTCA15GN A0794630

10

MOR L-Band Upgrade WDM Coupler, 2 filters, no 1625 nm OSC (SC) NTCA15GP A0905966

MOR L-Band Upgrade WDM Coupler, 2 filters, with 1625 nm OSC


(SC)

NTCA15GQ A0905967

MOR L-Band Upgrade WDM Coupler, 2 filters, no 1625 nm OSC (FC) NTCA15GR A0905968

MOR L-Band Upgrade WDM Coupler, 2 filters, with 1625 nm OSC


(FC)

NTCA15GS A0905969

MOR L-Band Upgrade WDM Coupler, 2 filters, no 1625 nm OSC (ST) NTCA15GT A0905971

10

MOR L-Band Upgrade WDM Coupler, 2 filters, with 1625 nm OSC


(ST)

10

NTCA15GU A0905972

Rules

Engineering rules
1 The fiber management shelf is an integrated unit that comes with each
mechanical assembly (NTCA89GA/GB/GC). Order this item as a
replacement part for the standard frame. The fiber management shelf
includes two empty fiber management trays. Each tray can include fiber
bend radius control features such as fiber spools and in/out guides. The
slack storage discrete kit (NTCA84GC) consists of 20 fiber spools
mounted on a plate that can be fixed inside the fiber management tray. Two
NTCA84GC are provided with each mechanical assembly
(NTCA89GA/GB/GC). The slack storage bulk kit (NTCA84GD) can store
up to 40 fiber-optic patchcords.
2 Order this item when the optical patchcord connectors (used for the
OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay) are not of the SC type. Kit NTCC14WA
contains two FC-SC optical adapters. Kit NTCC14WB contains two
ST-SC optical adapters.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

6-8 Ordering information

5
6

10

Use this item in conjunction with the 1625 nm optical service channel
(OSC) circuit pack (NTCA11CK) to access the OSC at 1625 nm in a
DWDM environment. For more information on this coupler and when you
must use it, refer to OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs.
This mounting kit is a drop-in plate and does not include L-band upgrade
coupler. However, the mounting kit is provided with the NTCA15Gx
L-band upgrade coupler equipped with the required connector type.
This item includes 8 mVOAs with 16 adaptors. If required, install this item
in the fiber management drawer of the bay at the line amplifier site.
For system applications that do not require DCMs, install 5 dB or 10 dB
fixed attenuation pads to the appropriate connector adapter mounted on the
attenuator mounting plate kit. When you use these fixed attenuation pads,
you must follow specific technical specifications to meet the requirements
set by Nortel Networks. For more information, refer to OPTera Long Haul
1600 NTPs.
These items are not included in the NTCA89GA/GB/GC mechanical bay,
but can be ordered to provide additional fiber storage and fiber
management capacity.
Extended band (L-band) WDM coupler is used in conjunction with
OPTera Long Haul 1600 deployment overlay onto a MOR Plus amplified
network. Details on this coupler will follow with the introduction of the
OPTera Long Haul 1600 amplifier. Those kits contain one or two filters
and the NTCA84GE mounting kit equipped with SC connectors.
Extended band (L-band) WDM coupler is used in conjunction with
OPTera Long Haul 1600 deployment overlay onto a MOR Plus amplified
network. Details on this coupler will follow with the introduction of the
OPTera Long Haul 1600 amplifier. Those kits contain one or two filters
and the NTCA84GJ mounting kit equipped with FC connectors.
Extended band (L-band) WDM coupler is used in conjunction with
OPTera Long Haul 1600 deployment overlay onto a MOR Plus amplified
network. Details on this coupler will follow with the introduction of the
OPTera Long Haul 1600 amplifier. Those kits contain one or two filters
and the NTCA84GK mounting kit equipped with ST connectors.

DWDM shelf assembly


Table 6-5 provides a list for different types of shelf assemblies that you can use
to house DWDM couplers and DCM assemblies.
Table 6-5
OPTera Long Haul 1600 DWDM shelf assembly
Description

PEC

CPC

Rules

DWDM shelf assembly, 4-unit capacity for universal frame

NTCA88GA

A0776335

1,2

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Ordering information 6-9

Engineering rules
1 This shelf assembly in OPTera Long Haul 1600 universal rack format can
have up to four DWDM couplers and DCM assemblies.
2 This item can be installed in a Repeater bay at a line amplifier site, or in a
2.13 m (7 ft.) front access frame. A line amplifier site configuration
normally consists of basic OPTera Long Haul 1600 hardware with DWDM
transmitters, DWDM shelf assembly, DWDM couplers, DCM assemblies
and MOR Plus circuit packs (with or without 1625 nm OSC).

Eight-wavelength DWDM couplers (200 GHz)


Refer to OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs or 200 GHz MOR/MOR Plus, 2- to
16- Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY311DX) for more information
about DWDM optical couplers and technical specifications of a typical
OPTera Long Haul 1600 DWDM system.

Eight-wavelength DWDM couplers (100 GHz)


Refer to OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs or 100 GHz MOR Plus, 2- to 32-
Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY312DX) for more information about
DWDM optical couplers and technical specifications of a typical OPTera Long
Haul 1600 DWDM system.

16-wavelength DWDM coupler upgrades (200 GHz)


Refer to OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs or 200 GHz MOR/MOR Plus, 2- to
16- Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY311DX) for more information
about DWDM optical couplers and technical specifications of a typical OPTera
Long Haul 1600 DWDM system.

16-wavelength DWDM coupler upgrades for TrueWave Classic fiber


(200 GHz)
Refer to OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs or 200 GHz MOR/MOR Plus, 2- to
16- Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY311DX) for more information
about DWDM optical couplers for TrueWave ClassicTM fiber and technical
specifications of a typical OPTera Long Haul 1600 TrueWaveTM classic fiber
DWDM system.

16-wavelength DWDM coupler upgrades (100 GHz)


Refer to OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs or 100 GHz MOR Plus, 2- to 32-
Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY312DX) for more information about
DWDM optical couplers and technical specifications of a typical OPTera Long
Haul 1600 DWDM system.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

6-10 Ordering information

24- and 32-wavelength DWDM coupler upgrades (100 GHz)


Refer to OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs or 100 GHz MOR Plus, 2- to 32-
Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY312DX) for more information about
DWDM optical couplers and technical specifications of a typical DWDM
system.

DSF per-band access (PBA) DWDM couplers (200 GHz)


Refer to OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs or 200 GHz MOR/MOR Plus, 2- to
16- Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY311DX) for more information
about DWDM optical couplers for DSF fiber plant and technical specifications
of a typical OPTera Long Haul 1600 DWDM system.

Per-band access (PBA) DWDM couplers (200 GHz)


Refer to OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs or 200 GHz MOR/MOR Plus, 2- to
16- Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY311DX) for more information
about DWDM optical couplers and technical specifications of a typical OPTera
Long Haul 1600 DWDM system.

Dual splitter per-band access (PBA) DWDM couplers


Refer to OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs or 200 GHz MOR/MOR Plus, 2- to
16- Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY311DX) for more information
about DWDM optical couplers and technical specifications of a typical OPTera
Long Haul 1600 DWDM system.

Fixed 2-wavelength optical add-drop multiplexer (OADM) DWDM


couplers
Refer to OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs or the Optical Add/Drop Applications
Guide (NTY313DX) for more information about DWDM optical add/drop
couplers and technical specifications of a typical OPTera Long Haul 1600
DWDM system.

DCM assemblies
Refer to OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs or 200 GHz MOR/MOR Plus, 2- to
16- Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY311DX) or 100 GHz MOR Plus,
2- to 32- Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY312DX) for more
information about DCM assemblies and technical specifications of a typical
OPTera Long Haul 1600 DWDM system.

Spare WDM couplers


Refer to OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs or the 200 GHz MOR/MOR Plus, 2 to
16- Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY311DX) for more information
about spare WDM couplers.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Ordering information 6-11

Miscellaneous items
Order items listed in Table 6-6 based on your requirements.
Table 6-6
OPTera Long Haul 1600 miscellaneous items
Description

PEC

CPC

Rules

Consumable spares kit

NTCA79AA

A0647523

Shipping kit packs in place (PIP) assembly

NTCA8917

A0651711

Engineering rules
1 This item contains three 10-ampere fuses (A0345488) used for the battery
feed filters and two 4-ampere fuses (A0383390) used for the ECU. These
fuses are field-replaceable, and are located in the breaker/filter modules.
Order based on your requirements.
2 Order this item, when you require an OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater
bay (NTCA89GA/GB/GC) with circuit packs in position. When you order
an OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay with circuit packs in position, it is
mandatory that you order filler circuit packs for all unequipped slots.
Ordering the required filler circuit pack is the responsibility of the
customer.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 transport interfaces


OPTera Long Haul 1600 Releases 1.2/1.5 transport interfaces are typically
installed in a Repeater or a regenerator configurations. The number and type
of circuit packs required for operation depends on the configuration of the
OPTera Long Haul 1600 network element. Table 6-7 provides the type and
quantity of optical interfaces required for the 2 different configurations. See
Table 6-8 through Table 6-11 for ordering codes and engineering rules for each
type of OPTera Long Haul 1600 transport interface.
Table 6-7
OPTera Long Haul 1600 optical interface type and quantity
Configuration

Transmit/Receive interface

Repeater with 2.5G WT

up to 16 grouped in pairs

Repeater with 10G WT

up to 16 grouped in pairs

Regenerator with OC-192/STM-64 XR

up to 16

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

6-12 Ordering information


Table 6-8
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Releases 1.2/1.5 2.5G WT open optical interface
Description

PEC

CPC

Rules

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1527.99 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70AK

A0798083

1,2,3,6,7

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1528.77 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70MK

A0789601

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1530.33 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70EK

A0789587

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1531.90 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70NK

A0789603

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1533.47 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70FK

A0789589

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1535.04 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70GK

A0789591

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1536.61 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70PK

A0789605

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1538.19 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70QK

A0789607

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1539.77 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70RK

A0789609

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1541.35 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70HK


SPARE

A0789593

1,2,3,5,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1544.53 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70BK

A0789585

1,2,3,6,7

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1547.72 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70UK

A0789615

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1549.32 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70JK

A0789595

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1550.92 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70VK

A0789617

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1552.52 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70KK

A0789597

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1554.13 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70WK

A0789620

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1555.75 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70XK

A0789622

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1557.36 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70LK

A0789599

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1558.98 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70YK

A0789624

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1560.60 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70ZK


SPARE

A0789626

1,2,3,4,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1562.23 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70CK

A0798082

1,2,3,6,7

Engineering rules
See page 6-18.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Ordering information 6-13


Table 6-9
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 2.5G WT open optical interface
Description

PEC

CPC

Rules

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1529.55 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70ML

A0789602

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1531.12 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70EL

A0789588

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1532.68 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70NL

A0789604

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1534.25 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70FL

A0789590

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1535.82 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70GL

A0789592

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1537.40 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70PL

A0789606

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1538.98 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70QL

A0789608

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1540.56 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70RL

A0789610

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1542.14 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70HL

A0789594

1,2,3,6,7

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1545.32 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70BL

A0789586

1,2,3,6,7

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1548.51 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70UL

A0789616

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1550.12 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70JL

A0789596

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1551.72 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70VL

A0789619

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1553.33 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70KL

A0789598

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1554.94 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70WL

A0789621

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1556.55 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70XL

A0789623

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1558.17 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70LL

A0789600

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1559.79 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70YL

A0789625

1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1561.42 nm +/ chirp, power control NTCA70ZL

A0789627

1,2,3,6,7

Engineering rules
See page 6-18.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

6-14 Ordering information


Table 6-10
OPTera Long Haul 1600 10G WT open optical interface, C-Band Grid 1
Description

PEC

10G AM2 WT 1528.77 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07MP A0798951

1,2,3,6,10

10G AM2 WT 1529.55 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07MQ A0799003

1,2,3,6,10

10G AM2 WT 1530.33 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07EP

A0798953

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1531.12 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07EQ

A0799004

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1531.90 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07NP

A0798954

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1532.68 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07NQ

A0799005

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1533.47 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07FP

A0798955

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1534.25 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07FQ

A0799006

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1535.04 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07GP

A0798970

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1535.82 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07GQ A0799007

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1536.61 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07PP

A0798972

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1537.40 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07PQ

A0799008

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1538.19 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07QP

A0798975

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1538.98 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07QQ A0799009

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1539.77 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07RP

A0799030

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1540.56 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07RQ

A0799010

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1541.35 nm +/-CHIRP


MOR Plus SPARE

NTCA07HP

A0798977

1,2,3,5,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1542.14 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07HQ

A0799011

1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1542.94 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07SP

A0798978

1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1543.73 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07SQ

A0799012

1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1544.53 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07BP

A0798979

1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1545.32 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07BQ

A0799013

1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1546.12 nm +/-CHIRP


1600G SPARE

NTCA07TP

A0798981

1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,11,
12

10G AM2 WT 1546.92 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07TQ

A0799014

1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1547.72 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07UP

A0798983

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

continued

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

CPC

Rules

Ordering information 6-15


Table 6-10
OPTera Long Haul 1600 10G WT open optical interface, C-Band Grid 1 (continued)
Description

PEC

CPC

Rules

10G AM2 WT 1548.52 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07UQ

A0799015

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1549.32 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07JP

A0798985

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1550.12 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07JQ

A0799016

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1550.92 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07VP

A0798986

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1551.72 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07VQ

A0799017

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1552.52 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07KP

A0798988

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1553.33 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07KQ

A0799018

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1554.13 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07WP A0798989

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1554.94 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07WQ A0799019

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1555.75 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07XP

A0798991

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1556.56 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07XQ

A0799020

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1557.36 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07LP

A0798992

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1558.17 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07LQ

A0799021

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1558.98 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07YP

A0798994

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1559.79 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07YQ

A0799022

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1560.61 nm +/-CHIRP,


SPARE MOR Plus

NTCA07ZP

A0798996

1,2,3,4,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1561.42 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07ZQ

A0799023

1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1562.23 nm +/-CHIRP

NTCA07CP

A0798997

1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

Engineering rules
See page 6-18.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

6-16 Ordering information


Table 6-11
OPTera Long Haul 1600 OC-192/STM-64 XR regenerator interface, C-Band Grid 1
Description

PEC

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1528.77 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04MP A0797251

1,2,3,6,10

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1529.55 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04MQ A0797279

1,2,3,6,10

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1530.33 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04EP

A0797252

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1531.12 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04EQ

A0797280

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1531.90 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04NP

A0797253

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1532.68 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04NQ

A0797281

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1533.47 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04FP

A0797254

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1534.25 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04FQ

A0797282

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1535.04 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04GP

A0797255

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1535.82 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04GQ A0797283

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1536.61 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04PP

A0797256

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1537.40 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04PQ

A0797284

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1538.19 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04QP

A0797257

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1538.98 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04QQ A0797285

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1539.77 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04RP

A0797258

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1540.56 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04RQ

A0797286

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1541.35 nm +/- CHIRP


MOR Plus SPARE

NTCA04HP

A0797259

1,2,3,5,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1542.14 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04HQ

A0797287

1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1542.94 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04SP

A0797260

1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1543.73 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04SQ

A0797288

1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1544.53 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04BP

A0797261

1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1545.32 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04BQ

A0797289

1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1546.12 nm +/- CHIRP


1600G SPARE

NTCA04TP

A0797262

1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,11,
12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1546.92 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04TQ

A0797290

1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1547.72 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04UP

A0797263

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

continued

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

CPC

Rules

Ordering information 6-17


Table 6-11
OPTera Long Haul 1600 OC-192/STM-64 XR regenerator interface, C-Band Grid 1 (continued)
Description

PEC

CPC

Rules

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1548.52 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04UQ

A0797292

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1549.32 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04JP

A0797264

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1550.12 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04JQ

A0797293

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1550.92 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04VP

A0797266

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1551.72 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04VQ

A0797294

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1552.52 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04KP

A0797267

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1553.33 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04KQ

A0797295

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1554.13 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04WP A0797269

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1554.94 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04WQ A0797297

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1555.75 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04XP

A0797270

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1556.56 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04XQ

A0797298

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1557.36 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04LP

A0797272

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1558.17 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04LQ

A0797299

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1558.98 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04YP

A0797273

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1559.79 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04YQ

A0797300

1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1560.61 nm +/- CHIRP


MOR Plus SPARE

NTCA04ZP

A0797274

1,2,3,4,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1561.42 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04ZQ

A0797301

1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1562.23 nm +/- CHIRP

NTCA04CP

A0797276

1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

6-18 Ordering information

Engineering rules
1 In a DWDM environment, MOR Plus amplifiers support up to 32
traffic-carrying wavelengths at one time. These 32 wavelengths include 16
wavelengths in the red spectrum (between 1547.5 nm and 1561.0 nm), and
16 wavelengths in the blue spectrum (between 1528.4 nm and 1542.5 nm).
MOR Plus amplifiers also support 2 recommended spare wavelengths
(1541.35 nm and 1560.61 nm).
2 Use this transmitter with DWDM couplers and MOR circuit packs.
3 This transmitter supports both positive chirp and negative chirp. The chirp
is provisionable. Table 6-12 shows the rules for selecting chirp polarity.
4 Nortel Networks has selected this transmitter to be the spare wavelength
for the RED optical band signals. For more information about the DWDM
wavelength allocation plan, see OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs.
5

7
8

9
10
11

12

Nortel Networks has selected this transmitter to be the spare wavelength


for the BLUE optical band signals. For more information about the
DWDM wavelength allocation plan, see OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs.
Order two optical connector adapters of the required type for each
adapterless T/R circuit pack. See Table 6-13 for ordering codes and
engineering rules for each type of optical connector adapter.
These wavelengths are not supported with the 32- MOR Plus software.
The OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform is scalable to 1.6 Tbit/s (160
bidirectional wavelengths at 10 Gbit/s in the L- and C-Band). The first
product offering (OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 3) supports up to 40
unidirectional C-Band wavelengths. The labels Red and Blue band (used
in the MOR/MOR Plus systems) do not apply to OPTera Long Haul 1600
systems.
Use this transmitter in conjunction with DWDM couplers and OPTera
Long Haul 1600 circuit packs.
This transmitter supports both positive chirp and negative chirp. The chirp
is provisionable.
Nortel Networks has selected this transmitter to be the spare wavelength
for the C-Band Grid 1 wavelengths. Use this wavelength to replace a failed
C-Band Grid 1 transmitter. For more information about the DWDM
wavelength allocation plan, see the OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs.
Order one optical connector adapter of the required type for each
adapterless circuit pack. See Table 6-13 for ordering codes and engineering
rules for each type of optical connector adapter.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Ordering information 6-19


Table 6-12
Rules for selecting chirp polarity
Fiber type
(see Note1)

Net Link Dispersion

Required transmitter chirp

NDSF (see Note 2)

positive

negative chirp, except around


1310 nm, where it is always
positive

DSF

positive or negative
(see Note 3 and Note 4)

see Note 2

SMF-LS
(0 > 1560 nm)

negative (see Note 5)

positive chirp

TrueWave
(0 < 1530 nm)

positive (see Note 6)

negative chirp

Note 1: NDSF= non-dispersion shifted fiber, DSF = dispersion-shifted fiber,


0 = fibers zero dispersion wavelength (wavelength at which dispersion is zero).
Note 2: For NDSF fiber, the dispersion in the window of interest is typical in the
17 ps/nm x km (this varies as a function of signal wavelength, fiber slope and 0)
range.
Note 3: Standard DSF fiber has a 0 of 1557.5 12.5 nm (i.e. 1544.5 nm to
1569.5 nm). A transmitter at 1533 2.5 nm will always see negative dispersion,
whereas a transmitter at 1557 2.5 nm may see positive or negative dispersion.
The DSF fiber dispersion slope is typically in the 0.08 ps/nm x km2 (this varies as a
function of signal wavelength, fiber slope and 0) range.
Note 4: Use the fiber manufacturer data to determine the sign of dispersion for the
system at the signal wavelength (0) employed.
Note 5: SMF-LSTM fiber has a 0 > 1560 nm, therefore, dispersion for a transmitter
at 1557 nm or 1533 nm will always be negative.
Note 6: TrueWave fiber has a 0 < 1530 nm, therefore dispersion for a transmitter
at 1557 nm or 1533 nm will always be positive.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

6-20 Ordering information

Multiwavelength optical repeater (MOR) Plus and Optical Service


Channel (OSC) circuit packs
Table 6-13 lists the MOR Plus and the 1625 nm OSC circuit packs. Install the
MOR Plus and the OSC circuit packs in the main transport shelf of an OPTera
Long Haul 1600 Repeater bay.
Table 6-13
MOR Plus and Optical Service Channel (OSC) circuit packs
Description

PEC

CPC

Rules

Adapterless MOR Plus with blue-pre/red-post amplifier


with OSC

NTCA11NK

A0744560

1,2,4,5,6,7

Adapterless MOR Plus with red-pre/blue-post amplifier


with OSC

NTCA11PK

A0744563

1,2,4,5,6,7

Adapterless MOR Plus with blue-pre/red-post amplifier


without OSC

NTCA11JK

A0744562

1,3,4,6,7

Adapterless MOR Plus with red-pre/blue-post amplifier


without OSC

NTCA11KK

A0744564

1,3,4,6,7

Adapterless 1625 nm Optical Service Channel (OSC)

NTCA11CK

A0744559

1,2,4,5,6,7

Engineering rules
1 If you use a Repeater bay configured as a line amplifier site to install this
circuit pack, install the circuit pack in slots 1 to 4 of the main transport
shelf.
2 This circuit pack supports optical service channel (OSC) functionality.
3 This circuit pack does not support OSC functionality.
4 Use full-height filler circuit packs (NTCA49AA) when the slots allocated
to this unit are left empty.
5 Bidirectional OSC functionality between MOR Plus sites is only available
when you use either a pair of this circuit pack, or when you use a pair of
this circuit pack and 1625 nm OSC circuit pack (NTCA11CK). For more
information about shelf layout and equipping rules for MOR circuit packs,
see the OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs.
6 A line site configuration requires a pair of MOR Plus circuit packs (Blue
Pre/Red Post and Red Pre/Blue Post) and a pair of 1625 nm OSC circuit
packs, if applicable. For more information about shelf layout and
equipping rules for MOR Plus circuit packs, see the OPTera Long Haul
1600 NTPs.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Ordering information 6-21

Order three optical connector adapters of the required type for each
adapterless MOR Plus circuit pack and two optical connector adapters for
each OSC circuit pack. See Table 6-13 for ordering codes and engineering
rules for each type of optical connector adapter.
Note: For the 1625 nm OSC used with the MOR Plus, one of the two ports
is not used. The unused port requires an optical connector adapter and a
termination plug.

Optical connector adapter kit


Refer to Table 6-13 for lists of all the optical connector adapters that are
available to customers. You must order these adapters with all new adapterless
circuit packs.
Table 6-14
Optical connector adapter kits
Description

PEC

CPC

Rules

Single SC-FC adapter

NTCC99AA

A0742093

1,2,3

Single SC-ST adapter

NTCC99AB

A0742094

1,2,3

Single SC-SC adapter

NTCC99AC

A0742095

1,2,3

Engineering rules
1 This item includes one optical connector adapter. Order one optical
connector adapter of the required type for each adapterless OPTera Long
Haul 1600 Repeater WT or XR port. Order three optical connector
adapters of the required type for each MOR Plus circuit pack. Order two
optical connector adapters of the required type for the 1625 nm OSC
circuit pack.
2 Order one or two fiber-optic adapter as spare for each OPTera Long Haul
1600 Repeater network element. Ordering is based on customer
requirement.
3 These connector adaptor kits come taped inside the dense fiber
management drawers, ready for installation. Order as replacement parts.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

6-22 Ordering information

Common equipment circuit packs


All common equipment circuit packs are equipped in the OPTera Long Haul
1600 Repeater control shelf. Refer to Table 6-15 for all ordering codes and
applicable engineering rules.
Table 6-15
OPTera Long Haul 1600 common equipment circuit packs
Description

PEC

CPC

Rules

Breaker/filter module

NTCA40BA

A0762739

32 Meg Shelf controller

NTCA41CA

A0681810

128 Meg Maintenance interface

NTCA42BA

A0741120

3,4

Commissioning MI software load for Rel 1.2

NTCA61AB0102

Commissioning MI software load for Rel 1.5

NTCA61AE0102

Message exchange

NTCA48AA

A0628463

Parallel telemetry

NTCA45AA

A0628466

Orderwire

NTCA47AA

A0657037

Partitioned OPC controller

NTCA50BA

A0785203

8,9

Partitioned OPC storage

NTCA51AA

A0647458

8,9

OPC interface

NTCA52AA

A0647459

8,9

OPC removable media (122 Meg)

NTCA53BA

A0741121

8,9,10

Engineering rules
1 You must order two breaker/filter modules (A and B) and equip them in
slots 1 and 2 of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater control shelf for
redundant 48V. The two breaker/filter modules are not included when the
mechanical bay assembly (NTCA89GA/GB/GC) is ordered.
2 One 32 Meg shelf controller (SC) is required in the OPTera Long Haul
1600 Repeater control shelf. The SC is equipped in slot 6.
3 One 128 Meg maintenance interface (MI) is required in the OPTera Long
Haul 1600 Repeater control shelf. The MI is equipped in slot 9.
4 Each OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater software release has its own
unique PEC that can be used to identify the release on the commissioning
MI. For new installation, make sure that you order the MI circuit pack with
this commissioning MI software load.
5 One message exchange (MX) circuit pack is required for each
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater network element. The MX t is equipped
in slot 10 of the control shelf. A second protection circuit pack is optional
and can be installed in slot 11.
OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Ordering information 6-23

Both parallel telemetry circuit packs are optional. When equipped, the
working circuit pack is located in slot 13 and the protection circuit pack is
located in slot 14 of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater control shelf.
The orderwire (OW) circuit pack is optional and can be installed in slot 15
of an OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater control shelf. Depending on the
configuration you choose, order the orderwire circuit pack with MOR Plus
circuit packs. For more information about orderwire functionality and
equipping rules, refer to Orderwire on page 3-2.
Note: In Repeater configurations, the orderwire uses the MOR Plus circuit
packs in slots 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the main transport shelf for its functionality.

The OPC storage (including the removable media), OPC controller and
OPC interface are available in Releases 1.2/1.5. When installed in the main
control shelf, the OPC storage, OPC controller and OPC interface can be
used as primary or backup OPCs for the OPTera Long Haul 1600 network
element and for other NEs in the same span of control.
9 When equipped, the OPC storage is a double-slot width circuit pack and it
is installed in slot 3 and 4 of the control shelf. The OPC controller is
installed in slot 5 of the control shelf. The OPC interface is installed in
slot 12 of the control shelf.
10 The NTCA53BA flash cartridge requires the NTCA50BA OPC controller.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

6-24 Ordering information

Common equipment building blocks


Building blocks simplify the configuration and ordering process for OPTera
Long Haul 1600 Releases 1.2 and 1.5. Each building block groups specific
configurations, ordering codes, and equipping rules into one code. In general,
each building block kit (recognized by its NTZP ordering code) provides a
specific block of functionality for a network element (NE). Building blocks
minimize the number of the ordering codes that you must use.
Refer to Table 6-16 for building block ordering information for the OPTera
Long Haul 1600 common equipment for both Release 1.2 and Release 1.5.
Table 6-16
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 adn 1.5 common equipment building blocks
Description

PEC

CPC

Rule

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Control Shelf


Common Equipment Circuit Packs

NTYP23AA

A0808230

Engineering rule
1 Order this building block code for repeater configurations. This code
provides the following circuit packs:
two breaker/filter module circuit packs (NTCA40BA)
one MX circuit pack (NTCA48AA)
one 32 Mbytes SC circuit pack (NTCA41CA)

Filler circuit packs


The OPTera Long Haul 1600 filler circuit packs have two distinct purposes. In
the main shelf and the extension shelf they are required to ensure correct
cooling. In the control shelf they are required to protect against
electromagnetic interference (EMI) emissions. Refer to Table 6-17 for
ordering information for filler circuit packs in an OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay.
Table 6-17
OPTera Long Haul 1600 filler circuit packs
Description

PEC

CPC

Rules

Main and extension shelf filler circuit pack (single slot)

NTCA49AA

A0635862

Control shelf filler circuit pack (single slot, 1 in.)

NTCA59AA

A0637773

Engineering rules
1 This item is mandatory in all unequipped full-height single slots of the
OPTera Long Haul 1600 main shelf and the OPTera Long Haul 1600
extension shelves regardless of the configuration.
2 This item is mandatory in all unequipped slots of the control shelf.
OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Ordering information 6-25

Optical cables
Optical cabling is available in variable lengths, equipped with FC or SC
connectors. Patchcords are equipped with connectors at both ends, while
pigtails are equipped with connectors at one end only.
Both patchcords and pigtails can be ordered equipped with miniature variable
optical attenuators (mVOAs).
Optical cables must be ordered based on customer requirements. Refer to
Table 6-18 for ordering information for optical cables without mVOAs. Refer
to Table 6-19 ordering information for optical cables with mVOAs.
Table 6-18
Optical cables without mVOAs
Description

PEC

CPC

Rules

SM optical patchcord 5 m (16 ft) (ST)

NT7E46CA

A0351090

1, 2

SM optical patchcord 10 m (33 ft) (ST)

NT7E46CB

A0351100

1, 2

SM optical patchcord 15 m (49 ft) (ST)

NT7E46CC

A0351101

1, 2

SM optical patchcord 20 m (66 ft) (ST)

NT7E46CD

A0351102

1, 2

SM optical patchcord 30 m (98 ft) (ST)

NT7E46CE

A0388573

1, 2

SM optical patchcord 5 m (16 ft) (FC)

NT7E46GA

A0665771

1, 2

SM optical patchcord 10 m (33 ft) (FC)

NT7E46GB

A0665772

1, 2

SM optical patchcord 15 m (49 ft) (FC)

NT7E46GC

A0665773

1, 2

SM optical patchcord 20 m (66 ft) (FC)

NT7E46GD

A0665774

1, 2

SM optical patchcord 30 m (98 ft) (FC)

NT7E46GE

A0665775

1, 2

SM optical patchcord 5 m (16 ft) (SC)

NT7E46HA

A0665776

1, 2

SM optical patchcord 10 m (33 ft) (SC)

NT7E46HB

A0665777

1, 2

SM optical patchcord 15 m (49 ft) (SC)

NT7E46HC

A0665778

1, 2

SM optical patchcord 20 m (66 ft) (SC)

NT7E46HD

A0665779

1, 2

SM optical patchcord 30 m (98 ft) (SC)

NT7E46HE

A0665780

1, 2

SM optical pigtail 20 m (66 ft) (ST)

NT7E48CA

A0371187

1,3

SM optical pigtail 20 m (66 ft) (FC)

NT7E48BA

A0365308

1, 3

SM optical pigtail 20 m (66 ft) (SC)

NT7E48FA

A0408384

1, 3

SM optical patch cord 1ft (0.3048 m) (FC)

A0785133

A0785133

2, 4

SM optical patch cord 1m (3.3 ft) (FC)

A0704489

A0704489

2, 4

SM optical patch cord 2 m (6.6 ft) (FC)

A0704456

A0704456

2, 4

SM optical patch cord 1 ft (0.3048 m) (SC)

A0773231

A0773231

2, 4

SM optical patchcord 1 m (3.3 ft) (SC)

A0704477

A0704477

2, 4

SM optical patch cord 2 m (6.6 ft) (SC)

A0704543

A0704543

2, 4

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

6-26 Ordering information

Engineering rules
1 Optical patchcords and pigtails without mVOAs are to be used with the
transmit interface of OPTera Long Haul 1600 circuit packs. They can only
be used with the receive interface of OPTera Long Haul 1600 circuit packs
if the optical link budget does not exceed the maximum receive optical
level allowed for that type of receive interface.
2 The connectors equipped on these optical cables are specified to be tuned.
These tuned connectors are recommended to be used for all OPTera Long
Haul 1600 Repeater high-speed links and on line amplified applications.
3 The connectors equipped on these optical cables are not specified to be
tuned.
4 These patchcords should be used for connections between circuit packs
and shelves on the same bay to minimize patch cord slack storage.
Table 6-19
Optical cables equipped with mVOAs
Description

PEC

CPC

Rules

SM optical patchcord with mVOA 5 m (16 ft) (ST)

NT7E47EA

A0379304

1, 2

SM optical patchcord with mVOA 10 m (33 ft) (ST)

NT7E47GB

A0665782

1, 2

SM optical patchcord with mVOA 15 m (49 ft) (ST)

NT7E47GC

A0665784

1, 2

SM optical patchcord with mVOA 20 m (66 ft) (ST)

NT7E47GD

A0665785

1, 2

SM optical patchcord with mVOA 30 m (98 ft) (ST)

NT7E47GE

A0665786

1, 2

SM optical patchcord with mVOA 5 m (16 ft) (FC)

NT7E47GA

A0665781

1, 2

SM optical patchcord with mVOA 10 m (33 ft) (FC)

NT7E47GB

A0665782

1, 2

SM optical patchcord with mVOA 15 m (49 ft) (FC)

NT7E47GC

A0665784

1, 2

SM optical patchcord with mVOA 20 m (66 ft) (FC)

NT7E47GD

A0665785

1, 2

SM optical patchcord with mVOA 30 m (98 ft) (FC)

NT7E47GE

A0665786

1, 2

SM optical patchcord with mVOA 5 m (16 ft) (SC)

NT7E47HA

A0665787

1, 2

SM optical patchcord with mVOA 10 m (33 ft) (SC)

NT7E47HB

A0665788

1, 2

SM optical patchcord with mVOA 15 m (49 ft) (SC)

NT7E47HC

A0665789

1, 2

SM optical patchcord with mVOA 20 m (66 ft) (SC)

NT7E47HD

A0665790

1, 2

SM optical patchcord with mVOA 30 m (98 ft) (SC)

NT7E47HE

A0665791

1, 2

SM optical pigtail with mVOA 20m (66 ft) (ST)

NT7E49CA

A0371188

1, 3

SM optical pigtail with mVOA 20 m (66 ft) (FC)

NT7E49BA

A0365416

1, 3

SM optical pigtail with mVOA 20 m (66 ft) (SC)

NT7E49FA

A0408395

1, 3

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Ordering information 6-27

Engineering rules
1 Optical patchcords and pigtails equipped with mVOAs are to be used with
the receive interface of OPTera Long Haul 1600 circuit packs when the
optical link budget exceeds the maximum receive optical level allowed for
that type of receive interface.
2 The connectors equipped on these optical cables are specified to be tuned.
These tuned connectors are recommended to be used for all OPTera Long
Haul 1600 Repeater high-speed links and on line amplified applications.
3 The connectors equipped on these optical cables are not specified to be
tuned.

User interface cables


User interface cables are required to connect equipment such as VT100
terminals to the RS-232 interfaces on the local craft access panel (LCAP) and
maintenance interface (MI). Refer to Table 6-20 for ordering information for
user interface cables.
Table 6-20
User interface cables and adapters
Description

PEC

CPC

Rules

9/25-pin user interface modem access cable (65 ft)

NTCC8930

A0647273

25/25-pin user interface modem access cable (1 foot)

NTCC90DA

A0674756

25/25-pin user interface cable 5 m (16 ft)

NT7E44FA

A0365240

25/25-pin user interface cable 20 m (66 ft)

NT7E44FB

A0465386

9/25-pin user interface cable 5 m (16 ft)

NT7E44EA

A0365239

9/25-pin user interface cable 20 m (66 ft)

NT7E44EB

A0365485

Null-modem cable adapter 25/25-pin

NT7E44MA

A0375305

1, 3

Engineering rules
1 This cable is used to connect an external modem to the RS-232 user
interface located on the maintenance interface. Also, VT100-compatible
terminal or a printer can be connected to the RS-232 user interface located
on the maintenance interface using the null-modem cable adapter with this
cable.
2 This cable is used as an adapter in conjunction with NTCC90EB to connect
the RS-232 user interface located on the LCAP to an external modem.
3 This cable is used to connect a VT100-compatible terminal or a printer to
the RS-232 user interface located on the LCAP. Also, modem can be
connected to the RS-232 user interface located on the LCAP using the
null-modem cable adapter with this cable.
Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

6-28 Ordering information

This cable is used to connect a VT-100 compatible terminal to the RS-232


interface located on the maintenance interface faceplate.

Ethernet cables
Ethernet cables are required for Ethernet connections between OPTera Long
Haul 1600 systems or between the operations controller (OPC) and an
X-terminal or Ethernet LAN. Refer to Table 6-21 for ordering information for
Ethernet cables.
Table 6-21
Ethernet cables
Description

PEC

CPC

Rules

A0647270

Ethernet cable 20m (65 ft.) - OPTera Long Haul 1600 MI to


Ethernet LAN

NTCC90BA A0674754

Ethernet cable 20m (65 ft.) - OPTera Long Haul 1600 MI to


X-terminal

NTCC90CA A0674755

Multiple shelf LAN cable 20 m (65 ft.) OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTCC8927
MI to OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater MI

Engineering rules
1 This cable is required to connect the two OPTera Long Haul 1600
maintenance interfaces (MI) together for data communications channel
(DCC) bridging applications.
2 This cable is required to connect the OPTera Long Haul 1600 MI to the
Ethernet LAN.
3 This cable is required to connect an OPTera Long Haul 1600 MI to an
X-terminal. Also, it can be used to connect the OPC interface (located in
the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater bay) to an X-terminal.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Ordering information 6-29

OPC cables
The OPC is located in the control shelf (slots 3/4, slot 5 and slot 12) of the
OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay. All external communication cables are
connected to the OPC interface (slot 12). Refer to Table 6-22 for information
about cables needed to connect the OPC interface to external devices or
Ethernet LAN.
Table 6-22
OPC cables
Description

PEC

CPC

Rules

9/25-pin OPC interface to an external modem 20 m (66 ft) NTCC90HA

A0681317

25/25-pin OPC interface to an external modem (65 ft)

NTCC90EB

A0674758

25/25-pin OPC terminal adapter cable (1 foot)

NTCC90GA

A0681316

9-pin OPC interface to Ethernet LAN 20 m (66 ft)

NTCC90BA

A0674754

9-pin OPC interface to Ethernet LAN 20 m (131 ft)

NTCC90BB

A0685908

Engineering rules
1 Order this cable to connect an external modem to a synchronous RS-232
OPC interface.
2 Order this cable to connect an external modem to an asynchronous RS-232
OPC interface. You can also use this cable to connect the RS-232 user
interface located on the LCAP to a VT100 compatible terminal.
3 Order this cable as an adapter in conjunction with NTCC90EB to connect
the OPC interface to a terminal. Also, you can use this cable in conjunction
with NTCC8930 to connect the MI to a terminal.
4 Order this cable to connect the OPC interface to the Ethernet LAN.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

6-30 Ordering information

Parallel telemetry cables


Input and output telemetry cables shown in Table 6-23 are required to establish
the connections between the parallel telemetry (PT) circuit pack and external
equipment.
Table 6-23
Parallel telemetry cables
Description

PEC

CPC

Rules

Parallel telemetry input cable assembly 20 m (66 ft)

NTCC8928

A0647271

44-pin parallel telemetry input cable assembly,


solid 20m (66 ft)

NTCC8933

A0666923

1,3

25-pin parallel telemetry output cable assembly,


stranded 20m (66 ft)

NTCC8934

A0666924

1,2

Parallel telemetry output cable assembly 20 m (66 ft)

NTCC8929

A0647272

Engineering rules
1 These cables are required to connect the telemetry inputs and outputs when
PT circuit packs are equipped in the bay.
2 The telemetry termination block for this cable is the stranded type.
3 The telemetry termination block for this cable is the solid type.

Orderwire cables
Use the cables shown in Table 6-24 to extend the orderwire (OW) capabilities.
Table 6-24
Orderwire cables
Description

PEC

CPC

Rules

9/9-pin orderwire interface VF300 cable assembly (65 ft) NTCC8945

A0661946

9/9-pin orderwire PSTN cable assembly (65 ft)

A0674759

NTCC90FA

Engineering rules
1 The VF-300 cable links the OW channel between OPTera Long Haul 1600
NEs in a synchronous optical network (SONET). Also, you can use this
cable to link the OW channel between OPTera Long Haul 1600 NEs in
different spans of control.
2 This cable is required to bridge the OW communication channels to the
public switched telephone network (PSTN). Orderwire PSTN
functionality is not supported in SDH applications.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Ordering information 6-31

Miscellaneous cables
Refer to Table 6-25 for information about the power jumper cables required for
the single feed power configuration.
Table 6-25
Miscellaneous cables
Description

PEC

CPC

Rules

Power jumper cables kit for single feed configuration


(9 jumper cables)

NTCA8947

A0670190

Power jumper cable for single feed configuration


(one jumper cable)

NTCA8946

A0669058

Engineering rules
1 This cable is used to convert an OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay frame to a
single power feed for each battery. Nine jumper cables are included in the
kit.
2 This cable is used to convert an OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay frame to a
single power feed for each battery. This cable must be used for replacement
only.

Software loads
A software load contains all applications, features and utilities offered for a
specific OPTera Long Haul 1600 software release. One software load is
required for each OPTera Long Haul 1600 system. Software licenses are
required to unlock applications, features and utilities. Refer to Table 6-26 for
ordering information for software loads.
Table 6-26
Software loads
Description

PEC

CPC

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 superset code

NTCA61AB A0794660

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 superset code

NTCA61AE A0794659

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

6-32 Ordering information

Software licenses
A software license is associated with each application, feature and utility
contained in a software load. The software license allows the customer to
unlock applications, features and utilities for a network element. Each license
can only be applied to one network element at a time. If an application, feature,
or utility is required in N network elements, the associated software licenses
must be ordered N times. Refer to Table 6-27 for the ordering information for
software licenses.
Table 6-27
Software licenses
Description

PEC

CPC

OPTera Long Haul 1600 application Regen/Combiner/Translators

NTCA62DB A0783734

OPTera Long Haul 1600 utility section performance monitoring

NTCA62EA A0648883

OPTera Long Haul 1600 TL1 interface (Note 1)

NTCA62BA A0648886

OPTera Long Haul 1600 application - Line Amp/Pre/Post/Stand Alone bay NTCA62DA A0678839
(see Note 2)
Power Optimizer software feature (Note 3)

NTCA62FM A0732407

Software upgrade feature

NTCA62FJ

Web-based User Interface feature (Note 4)

NTCA62FK A0720050

A0720049

Note 1: TL1 OAM remote management support provided for SONET market only.
Note 2: This software license is only necessary when the OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay is deployed as
Pre/Post or line amplifier.
Note 3: This software license is necessary when this software feature is used for system line up and
testing of DWDM amplified links. Order one license for each NE.
Note 4: The web-based user interface (WUI) feature is provided for SONET market only.

Software building blocks


Building blocks simplify the configuration and ordering process for
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Releases 1.2 and 1.5. Each building block groups
specific configurations, ordering codes, and equipping rules into one code. In
general, each building block kit (recognized by its NTZP ordering code)
provides a specific block of functionality for a network element (NE). Building
blocks minimize the number of the ordering codes that you must use.
Note: OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 must be ordered instead of
Release 1.2. In addition to new functionality, Release 1.5 includes all the
functionality of Release 1.2.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Ordering information 6-33

OPTera Long Haul 1600 maintenance interface and software load


Refer to Table 6-28 for the building block ordering information for the OPTera
Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 maintenance interface (MI) and the OPTera Long
Haul 1600 Release 1.2 software load.
Table 6-28
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 MI and software load building block
Description

PEC

CPC

Rule

OPTera Long Haul 1600 MI SW Release 1.2

NTZP17BA

A0795358

Engineering rule
1 Order this building block when you use the OPTera Long Haul 1600
system for Release 1.2. This code provides the following circuit pack and
software load:
one MI circuit pack (NTCA42BA)
one OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 software load (NTCA61AB)
Refer to Table 6-29 for the building block ordering information for the OPTera
Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 maintenance interface (MI) and the OPTera Long
Haul 1600 Release 1.5 software load.
Table 6-29
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 MI and software load building block
Description

PEC

CPC

Rule

OPTera Long Haul 1600 MI SW Release 1.5

NTZP17BB

A0801113

Engineering rule
1 Order this building block when you use the OPTera Long Haul 1600
system for Release 1.5. This code provides the following circuit pack and
software load:
one MI circuit pack (NTCA42BA)
one OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 software load (NTCA61AE)

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

6-34 Ordering information

OPTera Long Haul 1600 operations controller and software load


building block
Refer to Table 6-30 for the building block ordering information for the
Release 1.2 operations controller (OPC) and the Release 1.2 software load.
Table 6-30
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 OPC and software load kit building block
Description

PEC

CPC

Rule

OPTera Long Haul 1600 SW Release 1.2 OPC Kit

NTZP17AA

A0795357

Engineering rule
1 Order this building block when you use the OPTera Long Haul 1600
system for Release 1.2. This building block includes the following circuit
packs and software loads:
one partitioned OPC (NTCA50BA)
one OPC storage (NTCA51AA)
one OPC interface (NTCA52AA)
one OPC removable flash cartridge (NTCA53BA)
two OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 software loads
(NTCA61AB); one for the OPC storage module and one for the OPC
removable flash cartridge
Refer to Table 6-31 for the building block ordering information for the
Release 1.5 operations controller (OPC) and the Release 1.5 software load.
Table 6-31
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 OPC and software load kit building block
Description

PEC

CPC

Rule

OPTera Long Haul 1600 SW Release 1.5 OPC Kit

NTZP17AB

A0801111

Engineering rule
1 Order this building block when you use the OPTera Long Haul 1600
system for Release 1.5. This building block includes the following circuit
packs and software loads:
one partitioned OPC (NTCA50BA)
one OPC storage (NTCA51AA)
one OPC interface (NTCA52AA)
one OPC removable flash cartridge (NTCA53BA)
two Release 1.5 software loads (NTCA61AE); one for the OPC storage
module and one for the OPC removable flash cartridge
OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Ordering information 6-35

OPTera Long Haul 1600 software load on tape


Refer to Table 6-32 for the building block ordering information for the
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 software load on tape.
Table 6-32
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 software load on tape building block
Description

PEC

CPC

Rule

OPTera Long Haul 1600 SW Release 1.2 on tape

NTZP17CA

A0808233

Engineering rule
1 Order this building block when you use the OPTera Long Haul 1600
system for Release 1.2. This building block includes the following circuit
packs and software load:
one 4 mm magnetic tape cartridge (NT7E24TA)
one OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 software load (NTCA61AB)
Refer to Table 6-33 for the building block ordering information for the OPTera
Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 software load on tape.
Table 6-33
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 software load on tape building block
Description

PEC

CPC

Rule

OPTera Long Haul 1600 SW Release 1.5 on tape

NTZP17CB

A0808239

Engineering rule
1 Order this building block when you use the OPTera Long Haul 1600
system for Release 1.5. This building block includes the following circuit
packs and software load:
one 4 mm magnetic tape cartridge (NT7E24TA)
one OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 software load (NTCA61AE)

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

6-36 Ordering information

OPTera Long Haul 1600 storage module and software load


Refer to Table 6-34 for the building block ordering information for the OPTera
Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 storage module and the Release 1.2 software
load.
Table 6-34
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 storage module and software load building block
Description

PEC

CPC

Rule

OPTera Long Haul 1600 SW Release 1.2 OPC


Storage Module

NTZP17DA

A0808235

Engineering rule
1 Order this building block when you use the OPTera Long Haul 1600
system for Release 1.2 on a storage module. This building block includes
the following:
one OPC storage module (NTCA51AA)
one OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 software load (NTCA61AB)
Refer to Table 6-35 for the building block ordering information for the OPTera
Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 storage module and the Release 1.5 software load.
Table 6-35
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 storage module and software load building block
Description

PEC

CPC

Rule

OPTera Long Haul 1600 SW Release 1.5 OPC


Storage Module

NTZP17DB

A0808240

Engineering rule
1 Order this building block when you use the OPTera Long Haul 1600
system for Release 1.5 on a storage module. This building block includes
the following:
one OPC storage module (NTCA51AA)
one OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 software load (NTCA61AE)

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Ordering information 6-37

OPTera Long Haul 1600 flash cartridge with software load


Refer to Table 6-36 for the building block ordering information for the
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 software load supplied on an OPC flash
cartridge.
Table 6-36
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 flash cartridge and software load building block
Description

PEC

CPC

Rule

OPTera Long Haul 1600 SW Release 1.2


Flash cartridge module

NTZP17EA

A0808237

Engineering rule
1 Order this building block when you use the OPTera Long Haul 1600
system for Release 1.2 on a flash cartridge. This building block includes
the following:
one OPC flash cartridge (NTCA53BA)
one OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 software load (NTCA61AB)
Refer to Table 6-37 for the building block ordering information for the OPTera
Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 software load supplied on an OPC flash cartridge.
Table 6-37
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 flash cartridge and software load building block
Description

PEC

CPC

Rule

OPTera Long Haul 1600 SW Release 1.5


Flash cartridge module

NTZP17EB

A0808242

Engineering rule
1 Order this building block when you use the OPTera Long Haul 1600
system for Release 1.5 on a flash cartridge. This building block includes
the following:
one OPC flash cartridge (NTCA53BA)
one OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 software load (NTCA61AE)

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

6-38 Ordering information

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

7-1

Engineering documentation

7-

Nortel Networks Technical Publication (NTP) packages


Nortel Networks Technical Publications (NTPs) shown in Table 7-1 are
available on paper and on CD-ROM. Order based on your requirements. The
paper version is available as a package containing all four volumes (complete
library). The CD-ROM version provides the complete NTP library for a
specific release.
Table 7-1
Nortel Networks Technical Publications (NTP)
Description

PEC

CPC

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2, 1.5 and 2 NTP Library - printed
version (see Note 1)

NTCA65EA

A0798568

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 Optical Amplifier Shelf NTP Library NTCA65CA
- printed version (see Note 2)

A0798567

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2, 1.5 and 2 NTP Library on CD-ROM NTCA64EA

A0799047

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 Optical Amplifier Shelf NTP Library NTCA64CA
on CD-ROM

A0799046

Note 1: This NTP suite includes a Repeater Network Application Guide, a Combiner Network
Application Guide, the MOR Plus Optical Add/Drop Applications Guide, the 200 GHz MOR/MOR Plus,
2- to 16- Optical Layer Applications Guide, the 100 GHz, MOR Plus, 2- to 32- Optical Layer
Applications Guide, as well as all procedures and descriptions related to OPTera Long Haul 1600
Repeater and Combiner applications.
Note 2: This NTP suite provides procedures and descriptions related to the use of the Optical Amplifier
Shelf (OAS) supported by OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

7-2 Engineering documentation

Network Manager documentation


A user guide is available for each release of the Network Manager software.
Table 7-2 shows ordering information for the network manager user guides.
Order based on your requirements.
Table 7-2
Network manager user guide
Description

PEC

CPC

INM Planning Guide Release 5.0.4

NTNM51XAAE

B0256153

INM International Planning Guide Release 5.0.3

NTNM51UAAD

B0256153

Network Manager Release 6.00 User Guide

NTSE65FA

A0659713

Network Manager Release 5.00 User Guide

NTSE65EA

A0639922

Optical Section view 2.0 Planning Guide

TBD

TBD

Optical Power Management Release 1.0 Planning Guide

TBD

TBD

Wavelength Path Management Release 1.0

TBD

TBD

Preside documentation
For information about Preside documentation, refer to the Preside Ordering
Guide or Preside Introduction book.

Change Application Procedures (CAPs)


Change Application Procedures (CAPs) provide release-specific detailed
procedures for upgrading software. CAPs ordering information shown in Table
7-3 are also issued to provide instructions about system upgrades and
reconfigurations.
Table 7-3
Change Application Procedures (CAPs)
Description

PEC

CPC

System software upgrade to OPTera Long Haul 1600 Rel. 1.5x

NTY321AA

A0803789

Upgrade backout from OPTera Long Haul 1600 Rel. 1.5x

NTY325AA

A0803790

System software upgrade to OPTera Long Haul 1600 Rel. 2.0x

NTY322AA

A0806963

Upgrade backout from OPTera Long Haul 1600 Rel. 2.0x

NTY325AB

A0806964

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

Engineering documentation 7-3

Application guides and additional documentation


In addition to the NTPs, other documentation is available to customers. Table
7-4 shows ordering information for application guides that provide a high-level
overview of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 network elements.
Table 7-4
OPTera Long Haul 1600 application guides and additional documentation
Description

PEC

CPC

Repeater Network Application Guide

NTY311AX

A0805698

Combiner Network Application Guide

NTY312AX

A0805699

Amplifier Network Application Guide

NTY314AX

A0810307

MOR Plus Optical Add/Drop Applications Guide

NTY313DX

A0793715

100 GHz MOR Plus, 2 to 32- Optical Layer Applications Guide

NTY312DX

A0793714

200 GHz MOR/MOR Plus, 2 to 16- Optical Layer Applications Guide

NTY311DX

A0793713

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Optical Layer Applications Guide

NTY315DX

A0810309

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

7-4 Engineering documentation

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

8-1

Technical support and information

8-

Technical Assistance Service


For problems that affect service
North America --- 800-275-3827 (800-ASK-ETAS)
International --- 770-708-4985
For problems that do not affect service
North America --- 800-275-8726 (800-ASK-TRAN)
International --- 770-708-4981
United Kingdom and Europe
If your installation is located in the United Kingdom or mainland Europe,
or is normally supported from the United Kingdom, refer to the following:

United Kingdom
Freephone:
Telephone:
FAX:
Europe
Telephone:
FAX:

0800 626 881


020 8361 4693
020 8945 3456
+44 20 8361 4693
+44 20 8945 3456

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

8-2 Technical support and information

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

9-1

Index

9-

10G
off-ramp WT 2-11
on-ramp 2-10
thin SONET/SDH Regenerator WT 2-11
WT circuit pack 5-16
WT open optical interfaces 4-15
1600G Amplifier Network Application Guide,
NTY311AX 1-16
1625 nm OSC 5-24
1625 nm OSC amplifier 4-23
G-naming and pairing boundaries 4-23
2.5G
DWDM WT 5-29
off-ramp WT 2-11
on-ramp WT 2-10
thin SONET/SDH Regenerator WT 2-11
WT circuit pack 5-16
WT open optical interface 4-15
32M SC 3-7
3R transponder mode 2-8
64K NE ID 3-7

A
adapter kit, connector 6-21
alarms 3-24
amplifier
capacity 2-18
MOR Plus 5-16
MOR Plus amplifier support 2-14
application
dense regenerator 2-13
Wavelength Translator (WT) 2-8
applications 1-8
autoprovisioning 3-1

B
B1 byte provisioning functionality 3-22
baseline, interworking 4-57
bay
assembly 6-2
configurations 4-32
equipment 6-3
benefits 1-13
high-quality service 1-15
lowest cost per bit transport 1-13
manageability 1-14
maximum fiber utilization 1-13
mid-stage access (MSA) 1-14
multivendor product integration 1-14
protection of previous investment 1-14
revenue growth 1-15
scalability 1-14
service differentiation 1-15
service flexibility 1-14
survivability 1-15
breaker modules 4-4, 4-16
building blocks
circuit pack
10G WT 5-16
2.5G WT 5-16
common equipment 6-24
dispersion compensation modules
(DCM) 5-17
DWDM couplers 5-16, 5-17
MOR Plus amplifier 5-16
MOR Plus/1625 OSC amplifier 5-16
OC192/STM64 XR circuit pack 5-16
OPC and software load 6-34
software 6-32
byte provisioning functionality, B1 3-22

Repeater Network Application Guide

Rel 1.2 and 1.5

9-2 Index

DWDM 5-16, 5-17, 6-9

cables
Ethernet 6-28
miscellaneous 6-31
OPC 6-29
optical 6-25
orderwire (OW) 6-30
parallel telemetry (PT) 6-30
user interface 6-27
capacity 2-17
amplifier 2-18
change application procedures (CAP) 7-2
circuit packs 4-11
2.5G WT 5-16
common equipment 6-22
control shelf 4-16
filler card 4-15
OC-192/STM-64 XR 5-16
WT 4-23
XR 4-23
CLUI 3-17
overview 3-19
Combiner Network Application Guide,
NTY311AX 1-16
common equipment
building blocks 6-24
circuit packs 6-22
communication
external 3-20, 4-56
POPC and independent networks 4-20
POPC and other NEs 4-19
concepts, general 2-5
configuration, network 4-55
connector adapter kit 6-21
control shelf 4-12
breaker/filter module 4-16
circuit packs 4-16
maintenance interface (MI) 4-16
message exchange (MX) 4-16
protection 4-17
OPC controller (POPC-C) 4-17
OPC interface (POPC-I) 4-17
OPC storage (POPC-S) 4-17
parallel telemetry (PT) 4-17
shelf controller (SC) 4-16
couplers

OPTera Long Haul 1600

D
DCC
bridge 4-20
external communications 3-20
DCM 5-17, 6-10
dense regenerator application 2-13
density, equipment 2-17
deployment examples 4-28
dispersion compensation modules
(DCM) 5-17, 6-10
document overview 1-1
documentation
additional documentation 7-3
application guides 7-3
CAP 7-2
change application procedures (CAP) 7-2
Network Manager 7-2
NTPs 7-1
Preside 7-2
DWDM
2.5 WT 5-29
couplers 5-16, 5-17, 6-9
shelf assembly 6-8

E
EFT 5-14
electrical fast transient (EFT) 5-14
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) 5-12
electrostatic discharge (ESD) 5-14
EMC 5-12
emissions 5-12
engineering
documentation 7-1
guidelines
SOC 3-6
rules 4-1
site engineering 5-2
environmental specifications 5-8
equipment
density 2-17
frame equipment 4-1
equipping rules
second extension shelf 4-22
ESD 5-14

Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Standard

Index 9-3

Ethernet
high-capacity transport networks 1-4
cables 6-28
DCC bridge 4-20
I
examples, deployment 4-28
immunity/susceptibility 5-13
extension shelf, second, equipping rules 4-22 information, technical 8-1
external communications
INM 3-7
DCC 3-20
limitations 4-55
OSC 3-20
software features 3-7
support 3-6
F
interface
OC-192/STM-64 XR single
features 1-16
regenerator 4-15
affordable 1-3
bandwidth 1-2
open optical 2-3
capacity 1-18
Internet provider (IP) service offerings 1-10
Internet, optical, building 1-2
flexibility 1-3
interworking baseline 4-57
full SONET/SDH regeneration 1-17
introduction 1-1
MOR Plus support 1-17
IP service offerings 1-10
network 2-1
OADM 1-18
OAM 3-1
L
OAM&P 3-1
leasing, wavelength 1-9
OPC software 3-5
level 2 connectivity 3-11
open interfaces 1-17
licenses, software 6-32
reliability 1-3
limitations 4-55
summary 1-18
external communication 4-56
transparency of services 1-17
INM 4-55
fiber
network reconfiguration 4-55
fiber management trays (FMT) 4-8
wavelength overlay deployment 4-56
guides 4-9
management hardware 6-6
M
filler circuit packs 4-15, 6-24
maintenance interface (MI)
filter modules 4-4, 4-16
control shelf 4-16
flash cartridge with software load 6-37
maintenance
interface and software load 6-33
FMT 4-8
management
frame accessories 6-4
fiber management hardware 6-6
frame equipment 4-1
fiber management trays (FMT) 4-8
network 3-22
G
market evolution 1-4
globalization 2-18, 4-56
mechanical specifications 5-6
G-naming and pairing boundaries 4-22
message exchange (MX)
MOR Plus and 1625 nm amplifier 4-23
control shelf 4-16
protection 4-17
H
MI 4-16
hardware
MI and software loadI 6-33
baseline 6-2
mid-stage access (MSA) 1-14
fiber management 6-6
miscellaneous 6-11
Repeater Network Application Guide

Rel 1.2 and 1.5

9-4 Index

cables 6-31
modules
breaker/filter 4-4, 4-16
MOR Plus
amplifier support 2-14
multiwavelength optical repeater 6-20
MOR Plus amplifier 4-23, 5-16, 5-18
G-naming and pairing boundaries 4-23
MOR Plus/1625 OSC amplifier 5-16
support 2-14
MSA 1-14
MX 4-16, 4-17

N
network
configuration 4-55
features 2-1
management 3-22
network application guide family, OPTera
Long Haul 1600 1-15
Network Manager documentation 7-2
NTPs 7-1
number of NEs, maximum, in SOC 4-18

O
OADMs 6-10
OAM features 3-1
OAM&P features 3-1
OC-192/STM-64 XR 5-26
circuit pack 5-16
single regenerator interface 4-15
off-ramp
10G WT 2-11
2.5G WT 2-11
on-ramp
10G, WT 2-10
2.5G, WT 2-10
OPC
cables 6-29
definition 4-18
Ethernet DCC bridge 4-20
locating within SOC 4-21
OPC UI 3-17
software features 3-5
software load and OPC building
block 6-34
OPTera Long Haul 1600

span of control
multiple spans of control 4-21
support 3-5, 3-7, 4-57
open optical interface (OOI) 2-3
10G WT 4-15
2.5G WT 4-15
Operations, administration, and maintenance
features 3-1
OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform 2-14
OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater 2-16
optical cables 6-25
optical interface
specifications 5-15
optical Internet, building 1-2
optical service channel 3-20
ordering 6-1
orderwire (OW) 3-2, 4-57
cables 6-30
OSC 6-20
external communications 3-20
overlay, wavelength 4-56
overview
CLUI 3-19
document 1-1
network 2-1
OPTera Long Haul 1600 1-2
optical network systems 1-4
OW 3-2, 4-57, 6-30

P
pairing boundaries and G-naming 4-22
MOR Plus amplifier and 1625 nm
amplifier 4-23
parallel telemetry (PT)
cables 6-30
output 5-14
performance monitoring (PM) 3-4
platform, OPTera Long Haul 1600 2-14
PM 3-4
POPC location 4-21
power 4-4
power feeds
six 4-4
two 4-4
power optimizer interworking 4-27
power requirements 5-10

Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Standard

Index 9-5

circuit pack power estimates 5-12


grounding and isolation 5-11
installation requirements 5-11
power distribution 5-10
Preside documentation 7-2
PT 5-14, 6-30
PTparallel telemetry 4-17

R
Release 1.2 2-17
Release 1.5 2-17
Repeater Network Application Guide,
NTY311AX 1-15
Repeater, OPTera Long Haul 1600 2-16
routing 3-8
level 1 3-8
level 2 3-11
rules
engineering rules 4-1
system rules 4-21

S
safety 5-2
SC 4-16
second extension shelf 4-22
service
requirements 1-8
transparency 2-5
shelf
control shelf 4-12
second extension shelf 4-22
shelf controller (SC) 4-16
site engineering 5-2
six power feeds 4-4
SOC 4-21
engineering guidelines 3-6
multiple SOC 4-21
size 4-21
software
building blocks 6-32
licenses 6-32
OPC features 3-5
software load 6-31, 6-36
maintenance interface (MI) and software
load 6-33
tape, software load 6-35

span of control
engineering guidelines 3-6
multiple spans of control 4-21
specifications
circuit pack 5-15
10G WT 5-16
2.5G WT 5-16
MOR Plus amplifier 5-16
MOR Plus/1625 nm OSC 5-16
OC-192/STM-64 XR 5-16
DWDM couplers 5-16
environmental 5-8
altitude 5-9
atmospheric dust 5-9
mechanical shock and vibration 5-9
non-operational ambient
temperature 5-8
operational ambient temperature 5-8
relative humidity 5-8
mechanical 5-6
floor loading 5-7
thermal loading 5-7
optical interface 5-15
technical 5-1
storarge module 6-36
support
INM 3-6
MOR Plus 1-17
OPC 3-5, 3-7, 4-57
technical 8-1
susceptibility/immunity 5-13
system rules 4-21

T
tape, software load 6-35
technical information 8-1
technical specifications 5-1
maximum cable length 5-6
safety 5-2
site engineering 5-2
technical support 8-1
technologies, key 1-6
terminology
3R 2-5
inserted 2-5
pass-through 2-5

Repeater Network Application Guide

Rel 1.2 and 1.5

9-6 Index

recalculated 2-5
regenerated 2-5
terminated 2-5
transparent 2-5
topology 2-5
traffic routing
express 1-9
local 1-9
transparency, service 2-5
transport interfaces 6-11
two power feeds 4-4

U
UI enhancements
CLUI 3-17
OPC UI 3-17
WUI 3-17
upgrades 3-21
user interface cables 6-27
User interface enhancements
CLUI 3-17
OPC UI 3-17
WUI 3-17

W
wavelength grid, Nortel Networks ITU-T
compliant 1-7, 1-8
wavelength leasing 1-9
Wavelength Translator application 2-8
WDM couplers 6-10
WT
10G circuit pack 5-16
10G off-ramp 2-11
10G on-ramp 2-10
2.5G DWDM 5-29
2.5G off-ramp 2-11
2.5G on-ramp 2-10
application 2-8
circuit packs 4-23
WUI 3-17

X
XR circuit packs 4-23

OPTera Long Haul 1600

Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Standard

Nortel Networks

OPTera Long Haul 1600


Optical Line System
Repeater Network Application Guide
Copyright 2000 Nortel Networks, All Rights Reserved.
The information contained herein is the property of Nortel
Networks and is strictly confidential. Except as expressly
authorized in writing by Nortel Networks, the holder shall keep all
information contained herein confidential, shall disclose it only to
its employees with a need to know, and shall protect it, in whole
or in part, from disclosure and dissemination to third parties with
the same degree of care it uses to protect its own confidential
information, but with no less than reasonable care. Except as
expressly authorized in writing by Nortel Networks, the holder is
granted no rights to use the information contained herein.
*Nortel Networks, the Nortel Networks logo, the Globemark, How
the World Shares Ideas, S/DMS TransportNode, OPTera,
Preside, and Unified Networks are trademarks of Nortel
Networks.
VT100 is a trademark of Digital Equipment Corporation.
UNIX is a trademark of X/Open Company Ltd.
Standard Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5
July 2000
Printed in Canada and in the United Kingdom

You might also like